Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,232 missions · 1,108 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1124Completed1108All2232
Mechanism DesignOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Double Counting in Supply Chain Carbon Footprinting II: A Carbon Leader Paying Linear Emission-Contingent Rules That Double-Count Internally Earns Its Effort-Contracting ProfitResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms increasingly account for, and offset, the greenhouse-gas emissions of their entire supply chain, not only their own operations. Emissions in a supply chain are often jointly produced: the footprint of one process (transport, packaging, a molten-bulk delivery) depends on the abatement efforts of several firms at once. When each firm is charged for "its" emissions, the question is how to allocate the footprint of a jointly produced process so that every firm has the right incentive to abate.

Caro, Corbett, Tan and Zuidwijk (working paper, 2012; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 15(4), 2013) model this as a moral-hazard problem in teams. Their §4 shows that a social planner who wants the first-best efforts must, under joint production, double-count emissions: the marginal payments across firms for one process exceed the carbon price. This mission formalizes §5, which looks at a different institutional arrangement observed in practice. One firm, the carbon leader (the paper's example is the cosmetics company Natura), voluntarily pays for all supply-chain emissions at a carbon price ppp and compensates the other firms to induce abatement.

Timeline. Holmström (1982) showed that a budget-balanced sharing rule cannot implement efficient efforts in a team. Strausz (1999) showed that sequential moves can restore efficiency. Battaglini (2006) studied joint production with multidimensional output. Caro et al. (2012) placed the carbon leader in this line: a Stackelberg leader whose commitment plays the role of Strausz's sequential structure.

Setting

There are finite sets of firms N\mathcal NN and processes I\mathcal II. Firm nnn chooses efforts en∈[0,A]mn\mathbf e_n\in[0,A]^{m_n}en​∈[0,A]mn​, one for each of its abatement actions, and the effort profile e\mathbf ee lies in the box [0,A]M[0,A]^M[0,A]M. Firm nnn earns profit Vn(en)V_n(\mathbf e_n)Vn​(en​), which is differentiable, concave and componentwise decreasing: effort is costly. Process iii emits fi(e)≥0f_i(\mathbf e)\ge0fi​(e)≥0, which is differentiable, convex and componentwise decreasing on the box. The influence matrix BBB has bn,i=1b_{n,i}=1bn,i​=1 if firm nnn influences process iii, that is, if ∑j∂fi/∂en,j<0\sum_j\partial f_i/\partial e_{n,j}<0∑j​∂fi​/∂en,j​<0, and bn,i=0b_{n,i}=0bn,i​=0 otherwise.

The first best at carbon price ccc maximizes the social value ∑nVn(en)−c∑ifi(e)\sum_n V_n(\mathbf e_n)-c\sum_i f_i(\mathbf e)∑n​Vn​(en​)−c∑i​fi​(e) over the box. At the societal cost c=pSc=p_Sc=pS​ its maximizer is e∗\mathbf e^*e∗, assumed unique.

The carbon leader is a firm NNN, written L in Lean. Every other firm nnn has a reservation profit πˉn\bar\pi_nπˉn​. The signed transfer gng_ngn​ is recorded as a payment by firm nnn; a negative value means compensation from the leader. The leader faces two problems.

  • PEP_EPE​ (6)–(8): it sets gn(en)g_n(\mathbf e_n)gn​(en​), contingent on firm nnn's own effort. It maximizes VN(eN)−p∑ifi(e)+∑n≠Ngn(en)V_N(\mathbf e_N)-p\sum_i f_i(\mathbf e)+\sum_{n\ne N}g_n(\mathbf e_n)VN​(eN​)−p∑i​fi​(e)+∑n=N​gn​(en​) subject to participation, Vn−gn≥πˉnV_n-g_n\ge\bar\pi_nVn​−gn​≥πˉn​, and incentive compatibility, en\mathbf e_nen​ being a best response. Its optimal value is zEz^EzE, attained at efforts eE\mathbf e^EeE.
  • PFP_FPF​ (9)–(11): the same problem, except that the payments gn(f)g_n(\mathbf f)gn​(f) may depend only on the emissions vector f=f(e)\mathbf f=\mathbf f(\mathbf e)f=f(e), because efforts cannot be verified.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5 (p. 16)

Let (gE,eE)(g^E,\mathbf e^E)(gE,eE) be optimal for PEP_EPE​ and define, for n≠Nn\neq Nn=N,

gn(f)=p∑i∈Ibn,ifi+kn,kn=Vn(enE)−p∑i∈Ibn,ifi(eE)−πˉn.(12)g_n(\mathbf f)=p\sum_{i\in\mathcal I}b_{n,i}f_i+k_n,\qquad k_n=V_n(\mathbf e^E_n)-p\sum_{i\in\mathcal I}b_{n,i}f_i(\mathbf e^E)-\bar\pi_n.\qquad(12)gn​(f)=pi∈I∑​bn,i​fi​+kn​,kn​=Vn​(enE​)−pi∈I∑​bn,i​fi​(eE)−πˉn​.(12)

Then (g,eE)(g,\mathbf e^E)(g,eE) is feasible for PFP_FPF​, its value equals zEz^EzE, and every feasible solution of PFP_FPF​ has value at most zEz^EzE:

max⁡PF  =  zE  =  max⁡PE.\max P_F \;=\; z^E \;=\; \max P_E .maxPF​=zE=maxPE​.

Milestones (proof in App. A.4, p. 26)

  1. Reduction of PEP_EPE​ (p. 15). zE=max⁡e[∑nVn(en)−p∑ifi(e)]−∑n≠Nπˉnz^E=\max_{\mathbf e}\big[\sum_n V_n(\mathbf e_n)-p\sum_i f_i(\mathbf e)\big]-\sum_{n\ne N}\bar\pi_nzE=maxe​[∑n​Vn​(en​)−p∑i​fi​(e)]−∑n=N​πˉn​, attained at eE\mathbf e^EeE.
  2. Participation under (12). Vn(enE)−gn(f(eE))=πˉnV_n(\mathbf e^E_n)-g_n(\mathbf f(\mathbf e^E))=\bar\pi_nVn​(enE​)−gn​(f(eE))=πˉn​ for n≠Nn\ne Nn=N.
  3. First-order identity. ∂Vn(eE)/∂en,j=p∑ibn,i ∂fi(eE)/∂en,j\partial V_n(\mathbf e^E)/\partial e_{n,j}=p\sum_i b_{n,i}\,\partial f_i(\mathbf e^E)/\partial e_{n,j}∂Vn​(eE)/∂en,j​=p∑i​bn,i​∂fi​(eE)/∂en,j​ for n≠Nn\neq Nn=N.
  4. Incentive compatibility under (12). enE\mathbf e^E_nenE​ maximizes Vn(x)−gn(f(e−nE,x))V_n(\mathbf x)-g_n(\mathbf f(\mathbf e^E_{-n},\mathbf x))Vn​(x)−gn​(f(e−nE​,x)) over firm nnn's box.
  5. Upper bound. Every feasible solution of PFP_FPF​ has value at most zEz^EzE.

Companion: Lemma 6 (p. 17)

If 0≤p<pS0\le p<p_S0≤p<pS​, each VnV_nVn​ is supermodular and each fif_ifi​ is submodular, then eE≤e∗\mathbf e^E\le\mathbf e^*eE≤e∗ componentwise.

Significance

The result. Proposition 5 says that, when efforts are unobservable, a carbon leader that can commit loses nothing compared with contracting on efforts. A linear rule, the form footprint accounting already takes in practice, achieves the benchmark. The rule charges each firm the full price ppp on every footprint it influences, so emissions are double-counted internally, yet the supply chain as a whole pays for carbon once. This is how the paper reconciles its §4 impossibility (a planner must double-count) with a footprint-balanced scheme: the leader moves first and is excluded from the incentive constraints. Lemma 6 then says that a leader paying a price below the societal cost induces weakly less effort than the first best.

Formalizing it. Both results are proved in the paper. As far as the platform's catalog shows, neither is machine-checked anywhere. The proof of Proposition 5 combines a reduction of a bilevel problem with a first-order argument for concave games on a box. The appendix compresses these into three sentences, one of which contains a misprint ("since f is concave" for convex). Formalizing it makes the leader–follower conventions explicit: the leader's tie-breaking choice of follower efforts, and the unilateral deviation in (11).

Difficulty

The paper calls PFP_FPF​ a constrained version of PEP_EPE​, but their feasible sets are not literally nested: PFP_FPF​'s payments are functions of the emission vector and PEP_EPE​'s of a firm's own effort. Establishing the common upper bound therefore requires care with the two payment domains and the participation constraint (10).

The incentive compatibility of (12) is the substantive step. It is a global best-response claim on a closed effort box, while the appendix states only a first-order identity at an interior point. The influence indicator bn,i=0b_{n,i}=0bn,i​=0 also has to agree with every action-level derivative, rather than only their sum. For Lemma 6, the optimum at price ppp need not be unique.

Formalization scope

  • Indices. Firms, actions and processes are finite types. Efforts are e : (n : ι) → act n → ℝ, and a unilateral deviation is Function.update.
  • Partial derivatives. A partial derivative is the one-variable deriv along one coordinate. Every theorem that uses one assumes differentiability.
  • Optimality. "Optimal" means feasible with value at least that of every feasible point, never sSup. zEz^EzE is the PEP_EPE​ objective at an optimal pair.
  • Influence matrix. BBB is a real 0/1 matrix, and its defining sign condition is assumed at every profile in the box.
  • Interiority. eE\mathbf e^EeE is assumed interior, the page's "A is a sufficiently large bound to guarantee interior solutions"; the box itself stays closed.
  • Followers' efforts. In PEP_EPE​ and PFP_FPF​ the leader chooses the followers' efforts subject to the best-response constraints, as the page assumes.
  • Hypotheses not imposed. The row and column sums of BBB, the strictness of cnc_ncn​ and gn≤0g_n\le0gn​≤0 are unused and not imposed.

Rule (12) is a function of the emission vector only, and the deviation in (11) moves only firm nnn's efforts. A formalization in which payments may depend on efforts, or in which a deviation also moves the leader, would make the goal trivial and is ruled out. A sorry-free instance with two firms checks that every hypothesis of the goal can be satisfied. Supermodularity reuses the published Supermodularity.Monotonicity.SupermodularOn. All other definitions live in CarbonDoubleCount.Leader.Setting.

Proofs of the milestones, or alternative routes such as a Lagrangian argument for incentive compatibility, are welcome. A general lemma that a concave differentiable function on a box is maximized at an interior stationary point would be reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. Caro, C. J. Corbett, T. Tan, R. Zuidwijk, Double-Counting in Supply Chain Carbon Footprinting, working paper dated December 21, 2012; Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 15(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2013.0443
  • B. Holmström, Moral Hazard in Teams, Bell Journal of Economics 13(2), 1982. https://doi.org/10.2307/3003457
  • R. Strausz, Efficiency in Sequential Partnerships, Journal of Economic Theory 85, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1006/jeth.1998.2488
  • M. Battaglini, Joint Production in Teams, Journal of Economic Theory 130(1), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jet.2005.03.003
  • D. M. Topkis, Minimizing a Submodular Function on a Lattice, Operations Research 26(2), 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.2.305
  • R. K. Sundaram, A First Course in Optimization Theory, Cambridge University Press, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804526
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryCombinatorics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Little Charity Guarantees Almost Envy-Freeness I: Under Monotone Valuations an EFX Allocation Exists Whose Unenvied Pool Has Fewer Goods Than There Are Unenvied AgentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Allocating indivisible goods fairly is difficult because a single good can change how an agent compares two bundles. Exact envy-freeness can be impossible (one good, two agents), so the field works with relaxations. Envy-freeness up to any good (EFX) requires each agent to prefer her own bundle to every other agent's bundle after any one good of that other bundle is removed. Whether EFX allocations of all goods always exist is open; the question motivates weakening the requirement that every good be assigned, and asking how little must be left over. Chaudhury, Kavitha, Mehlhorn and Sgouritsa show that leaving a small, unenvied set of goods unallocated (donated to "charity") suffices for every normalized monotone valuation profile (arXiv:1907.04596v3, Theorem 8, pp. 11–12).

Timeline (as recounted on pp. 2–3 of the source):

  • 2004: Lipton, Markakis, Mossel and Saberi introduce the envy-graph and cycle-elimination technique and compute allocations now called EF1 (DOI 10.1145/988772.988792).
  • 2016: Caragiannis, Kurokawa, Moulin, Procaccia, Shah and Wang define EFX (DOI 10.1145/2940716.2940726).
  • 2018: Plaut and Roughgarden prove EFX allocations of all goods exist for two agents, or for any number of agents with identical valuations (arXiv:1707.04769).
  • 2019: Caragiannis, Gravin and Huang introduce EFX with charity: a partial EFX allocation in which each agent gets at least half her value in a Nash-optimal allocation, with no bound on the number or value of donated goods (arXiv:1902.04319).
  • 2020: Chaudhury, Garg and Mehlhorn prove existence of complete EFX allocations for three agents with additive valuations (arXiv:2002.05119).
  • 2020/2021: the present paper bounds the charity: fewer goods than unenvied agents, and no agent envies the donated set. Its SODA 2020 version assumed gross-substitute valuations; the journal version (arXiv v3) needs only normalized monotone valuations (p. 8, §1.4).

The two bounds matter separately. The empty allocation is EFX and donates everything; a cardinality bound alone still lets the donated goods carry most of an agent's value; the value bound alone allows almost all goods to be donated. The paper's later maximin-share and groupwise-maximin-share guarantees (Theorems 14 and 16, treated in the next missions of this series) are derived from exactly the allocation produced here.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 agents, indexed by N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\ldots,n\}N={1,…,n} in the paper, and a finite set MMM of mmm indivisible goods. Agent iii has a valuation vi:2M→R≥0v_i:2^M\to\mathbb R_{\ge0}vi​:2M→R≥0​. It is normalized if vi(∅)=0v_i(\varnothing)=0vi​(∅)=0 and monotone if S⊆TS\subseteq TS⊆T implies vi(S)≤vi(T)v_i(S)\le v_i(T)vi​(S)≤vi​(T). No additivity, submodularity or substitutes condition is assumed. These are the general valuations of §1.1.1, p. 3, and §2 of the source.

A partial allocation X=(Xi)i∈NX=(X_i)_{i\in N}X=(Xi​)i∈N​ consists of pairwise disjoint bundles Xi⊆MX_i\subseteq MXi​⊆M. Its pool is the goods not assigned to anyone,

P(X)=M∖⋃i∈NXi.P(X)=M\setminus\bigcup_{i\in N}X_i.P(X)=M∖i∈N⋃​Xi​.

The allocation is EFX when

vi(Xj∖{g})≤vi(Xi)for all i,j∈N and every g∈Xj.v_i(X_j\setminus\{g\})\le v_i(X_i) \qquad\text{for all }i,j\in N\text{ and every }g\in X_j.vi​(Xj​∖{g})≤vi​(Xi​)for all i,j∈N and every g∈Xj​.

The paper calls allocations partial by default (p. 3, footnote 5). The envy graph GXG_XGX​ has the agents as vertices and an edge i→ji\to ji→j when vi(Xi)<vi(Xj)v_i(X_i)<v_i(X_j)vi​(Xi​)<vi​(Xj​). A source is a vertex with no incoming edge. Its reachability component C(s)C(s)C(s) includes sss itself. The social welfare of XXX is ϕ(X)=∑ivi(Xi)\phi(X)=\sum_i v_i(X_i)ϕ(X)=∑i​vi​(Xi​). These notions are introduced on pp. 8–9 of the source.

For a set SSS of goods, an envied set is one some agent values more than her own bundle. An inclusion-wise minimal envied subset ZZZ is envied, but no strict subset of ZZZ is envied by anyone. An agent who envies such a ZZZ is a most envious agent of SSS; the paper allows ties. The three update rules U0, U1 and U2 use these sets to change an allocation while maintaining EFX (Definition 3 and Algorithm 2, p. 9).

Formalization targets

The goal is the allocation guarantee of Theorem 8:

∃X partial:X is EFX,vi(P(X))≤vi(Xi) (i∈N),∣P(X)∣<∣sources⁡(GX)∣≤n.\exists X\text{ partial}:\quad X\text{ is EFX},\qquad v_i(P(X))\le v_i(X_i)\ (i\in N),\qquad |P(X)|<|\operatorname{sources}(G_X)|\le n.∃X partial:X is EFX,vi​(P(X))≤vi​(Xi​) (i∈N),∣P(X)∣<∣sources(GX​)∣≤n.

Both the stronger source-count bound and its consequence ∣P(X)∣<n|P(X)|<n∣P(X)∣<n are stated. The theorem asserts existence for every normalized, monotone valuation profile, including nonadditive profiles. It does not require the returned envy graph to be acyclic; acyclicity is an invariant used during construction, rather than an additional advertised property of the final allocation.

The attack path consists of the paper's numbered Lemmas 2, 4, 5, 6 and 7. Lemma 2 concerns removal of envy cycles; its Lean form keeps the page's conditional "if XXX is EFX then X′X'X′ is EFX" and the unconditional strict welfare increase. Lemma 4 records what U0 does and what its failure implies. Lemma 5 records U1's welfare and EFX guarantees. Lemma 6 supplies the finite source, good and agent data required for U2. Lemma 7 states U2's welfare and EFX guarantees. Their source wording and page locations appear in the milestone list; the Lean statements include the exact allocation updates where those lemmas rely on them.

Significance

The theorem guarantees a partial EFX allocation even for general monotone valuations, while limiting the unallocated pool more tightly than the number of agents: its size is below the number of unenvied agents. Every agent also values that entire pool no more than her own bundle. These two bounds distinguish the allocation from a merely EFX partial allocation. They provide the starting point for the paper's later statements on approximate maximin shares under additive valuations (Theorems 14 and 16).

The mathematical result is proved in the paper. The mission asks for a machine-checked proof of its allocation guarantee and of the supporting lemmas, with a reusable Lean account of finite partial allocations, the unallocated pool, envy graphs, minimal envied subsets and the update rules. Such definitions are useful for other fair-division questions involving unallocated indivisible goods.

Difficulty

EFX must hold after the allocation is changed, for every agent pair and for removal of every good from the other agent's new bundle. Simply giving a pool good to an agent may violate that condition, even though it makes the pool smaller. Conversely, replacing a bundle with an envied subset can improve welfare while returning goods to the pool. The source-count bound depends on controlling both kinds of progress. Rule U2 adds a further complication: its bundle moves follow envy paths, so an overlap between selected paths would make the new allocation ambiguous. These are the points at which the straightforward approach of distributing the remaining goods one at a time stops working.

Formalization scope

Lean represents agents by Fin n, goods by Fin m, bundles by finite sets of goods, and valuations by real-valued functions on bundles. The paper's one-based subscripts become zero-based Lean indices. Nonnegative values need no separate hypothesis: normalization and monotonicity imply them. The hypothesis n>0n>0n>0 is explicit because the paper presumes agents and the strict bound ∣P∣<n|P|<n∣P∣<n is false when n=0n=0n=0. The pool is computed as the complement of the union of pairwise disjoint assigned bundles. It is never a free set. EFX ranges over every pair i,ji,ji,j, including i=ji=ji=j, and every good of XjX_jXj​.

The minimal-envied-subset definition checks every strict subset against every agent. The most envious agent is a relation, allowing the paper's arbitrary tie choice. Reachability includes a path of length zero. U2's new allocation is calculated from its paths and chosen subsets. Lemma 6 includes Algorithm 1's acyclic-graph invariant and the ordering property established in its proof. It replaces the printed threshold ∣P∣≥n|P|\ge n∣P∣≥n with ∣P∣≥∣sources⁡(GX)∣|P|\ge|\operatorname{sources}(G_X)|∣P∣≥∣sources(GX​)∣, the exact number of fresh goods its construction needs and the threshold used by the goal. Lemma 7 takes that ordering property to make path assignments unambiguous.

The printed U2 pool expression in Algorithm 2, line 13, is malformed; the formal statement uses the pool of the constructed allocation and the corrected union of leftover goods. Theorem 8's final sentence also asserts an nmV/ΔnmV/\DeltanmV/Δ iteration bound. This mission poses the allocation conclusions, while a future run-level formalization would be needed to state and check the iteration count. The paper's preceding count of U1/U2 steps and successive U0 steps does not by itself imply the printed number. Definitions and the numbered lemma statements are welcome contributions; a purported proof that uses a free empty pool, overlapping bundles, zero agents or an arbitrary replacement allocation would not establish this target.

Selected references

  • B. R. Chaudhury, T. Kavitha, K. Mehlhorn and A. Sgouritsa, A Little Charity Guarantees Almost Envy-Freeness, arXiv:1907.04596v3, 2020; published in SIAM Journal on Computing, 2021. Pinned preprint.
  • R. J. Lipton, E. Markakis, E. Mossel and A. Saberi, On approximately fair allocations of indivisible goods, ACM EC 2004. https://doi.org/10.1145/988772.988792
  • I. Caragiannis, D. Kurokawa, H. Moulin, A. D. Procaccia, N. Shah and J. Wang, The unreasonable fairness of maximum Nash welfare, ACM EC 2016. https://doi.org/10.1145/2940716.2940726
  • B. Plaut and T. Roughgarden, Almost envy-freeness with general valuations, SODA 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1707.04769
  • I. Caragiannis, N. Gravin and X. Huang, Envy-freeness up to any item with high Nash welfare: the virtue of donating items, ACM EC 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.04319
  • B. R. Chaudhury, J. Garg and K. Mehlhorn, EFX exists for three agents, ACM EC 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.05119
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Partial Differential EquationsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin-Whitt Regime 2: The JSQ Diffusion Limit Satisfies a Foster-Lyapunov Drift ConditionResearch Paper

Motivation

Join-the-shortest-queue (JSQ) is the basic load-balancing rule for a system of nnn parallel single-server queues: every arriving customer joins a queue of minimal length. It is optimal in several senses for homogeneous servers and is the reference policy against which cheaper rules (power-of-ddd choices, join-the-idle-queue) are measured. In the Halfin–Whitt regime, where the arrival rate is nλn\lambdanλ with λ=1−β/n\lambda = 1-\beta/\sqrt nλ=1−β/n​ for a fixed β>0\beta>0β>0, Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (arXiv:1502.00999) proved that the suitably centred and scaled numbers of queues of length at least one and at least two converge, on finite time intervals, to a two-dimensional reflected diffusion. Braverman (arXiv:1801.05121) justified the interchange of limits (the stationary distributions of the nnn-server chains converge to the stationary distribution of the diffusion). One ingredient of that result is that the diffusion is exponentially ergodic, so it has a unique stationary distribution that is approached at a geometric rate. This mission formalizes the analytic core of that ingredient: a Foster–Lyapunov drift condition for the diffusion's generator.

Timeline. Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (2015) proved the process-level diffusion limit, the first analysis of JSQ in this regime. Mukherjee, Borst, van Leeuwaarden and Whiting (J. Appl. Probab. 53, 2016) showed that a class of load-balancing schemes shares the same diffusion limit. Braverman (arXiv 2018, v2 2019; Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020) proved tightness of the scaled stationary distributions and exponential ergodicity of the limit, which together give the interchange of limits.

Setting

The state space is the closed quadrant Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞)\Omega = (-\infty,0]\times[0,\infty)Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞). For f:Ω→Rf:\Omega\to\mathbb Rf:Ω→R write f1=∂f/∂x1f_1 = \partial f/\partial x_1f1​=∂f/∂x1​, f2=∂f/∂x2f_2 = \partial f/\partial x_2f2​=∂f/∂x2​, f11=∂f1/∂x1f_{11} = \partial f_1/\partial x_1f11​=∂f1​/∂x1​. On the boundary ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω these are one-sided derivatives, and C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) denotes the twice continuously differentiable functions in this sense.

The diffusion limit Y=(Y1,Y2)Y=(Y_1,Y_2)Y=(Y1​,Y2​) solves

Y1(t)=Y1(0)+2W(t)−βt+∫0t(−Y1(s)+Y2(s)) ds−U(t),Y2(t)=Y2(0)+U(t)−∫0tY2(s) ds,Y_1(t)=Y_1(0)+\sqrt2W(t)-\beta t+\int_0^t(-Y_1(s)+Y_2(s))\,ds-U(t),\qquad Y_2(t)=Y_2(0)+U(t)-\int_0^tY_2(s)\,ds,Y1​(t)=Y1​(0)+2​W(t)−βt+∫0t​(−Y1​(s)+Y2​(s))ds−U(t),Y2​(t)=Y2​(0)+U(t)−∫0t​Y2​(s)ds,

with WWW a standard Brownian motion and UUU a nondecreasing regulator that increases only when Y1=0Y_1=0Y1​=0. For f∈C2(Ω)f\in C^2(\Omega)f∈C2(Ω) with the reflection condition f1(0,x2)=f2(0,x2)f_1(0,x_2)=f_2(0,x_2)f1​(0,x2​)=f2​(0,x2​), its generator acts by

GYf(x)=(−x1+x2−β)f1(x)−x2f2(x)+f11(x),x∈Ω.G_Yf(x)=(-x_1+x_2-\beta)f_1(x)-x_2f_2(x)+f_{11}(x),\qquad x\in\Omega .GY​f(x)=(−x1​+x2​−β)f1​(x)−x2​f2​(x)+f11​(x),x∈Ω.

The construction of the Lyapunov function uses an auxiliary integer n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and the fluid operator

Lf(x)=(−x1+x2−βn)f1(x)−x2f2(x),Lf(x)=\Big(-x_1+x_2-\frac{\beta}{\sqrt n}\Big)f_1(x)-x_2f_2(x),Lf(x)=(−x1​+x2​−n​β​)f1​(x)−x2​f2​(x),

the generator of the deterministic fluid path v1′=−v1+v2−β/nv_1'=-v_1+v_2-\beta/\sqrt nv1′​=−v1​+v2​−β/n​, v2′=−v2v_2'=-v_2v2′​=−v2​. A smoothed indicator ϕ(ℓ,u)\phi^{(\ell,u)}ϕ(ℓ,u) (a piecewise cubic that rises from 000 at ℓ\ellℓ to 111 at uuu) and two levels β<κ1<κ2\beta<\kappa_1<\kappa_2β<κ1​<κ2​ define the PDEs

Lf(1)(x)=−ϕ(κ1/n,κ2/n)(−x1),Lf(2)(x)=−ϕ(κ1/n,κ2/n)(x2),x∈Ω,Lf^{(1)}(x)=-\phi^{(\kappa_1/\sqrt n,\kappa_2/\sqrt n)}(-x_1),\qquad Lf^{(2)}(x)=-\phi^{(\kappa_1/\sqrt n,\kappa_2/\sqrt n)}(x_2),\qquad x\in\Omega,Lf(1)(x)=−ϕ(κ1​/n​,κ2​/n​)(−x1​),Lf(2)(x)=−ϕ(κ1​/n​,κ2​/n​)(x2​),x∈Ω,

each with the reflection condition. Their solutions are written explicitly in terms of the fluid hitting times τ~(κ)\tilde\tau^{(\kappa)}τ~(κ) (through the Lambert W function) and τ\tauτ, and the curves Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ) that split Ω\OmegaΩ into regions S0,…,S3S_0,\dots,S_3S0​,…,S3​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For every β>0\beta>0β>0 there exist c>0c>0c>0, d>0d>0d>0, a compact set KKK and V∈C2(Ω)V\in C^2(\Omega)V∈C2(Ω) with V≥1V\ge1V≥1 on Ω\OmegaΩ, V(x)→∞V(x)\to\inftyV(x)→∞ as ∣x∣→∞|x|\to\infty∣x∣→∞ in Ω\OmegaΩ, and V1(0,x2)=V2(0,x2)V_1(0,x_2)=V_2(0,x_2)V1​(0,x2​)=V2​(0,x2​), such that

GYV(x)≤−cV(x)+d 1(x∈K),x∈Ω.G_YV(x)\le -cV(x)+d\,1(x\in K),\qquad x\in\Omega .GY​V(x)≤−cV(x)+d1(x∈K),x∈Ω.

The constants are unspecified and depend only on β\betaβ; the statement involves no nnn.

Milestones

  1. (5.6)–(5.7): ϕ(ℓ,u)\phi^{(\ell,u)}ϕ(ℓ,u) has an absolutely continuous derivative with ϕ′(ℓ)=ϕ′(u)=0\phi'(\ell)=\phi'(u)=0ϕ′(ℓ)=ϕ′(u)=0, ∣ϕ′∣≤4/(u−ℓ)|\phi'|\le 4/(u-\ell)∣ϕ′∣≤4/(u−ℓ) and ∣ϕ′′∣≤12/(u−ℓ)2|\phi''|\le12/(u-\ell)^2∣ϕ′′∣≤12/(u−ℓ)2.
  2. Lemma 10: τ~(κ)\tilde\tau^{(\kappa)}τ~(κ) extends to {x2=0}\{x_2=0\}{x2​=0}, vanishes on {x1=−κ/n}\{x_1=-\kappa/\sqrt n\}{x1​=−κ/n​}, and has explicit one-sided partial derivatives.
  3. Lemma 11: the explicit f(1)f^{(1)}f(1) is nonnegative, lies in C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω), and has explicit first partials.
  4. Lemma 12: the explicit six-case f(2)f^{(2)}f(2) is well defined, lies in C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω), and has the partials (C.8)–(C.9).
  5. Lemma 8: for ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, κ1=β+ϵ\kappa_1=\beta+\epsilonκ1​=β+ϵ, κ2=β+2ϵ\kappa_2=\beta+2\epsilonκ2​=β+2ϵ, both PDEs have C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) solutions with
f(1)≤log⁡2,f(2)≤log⁡2+ϵβ on a box,∣f1(1)∣≤4nϵlog⁡2, ∣f11(1)∣≤12nϵ2log⁡2, ∣f1(2)∣≤nβ, ∣f11(2)∣≤nβϵ(1+4β+ϵϵ).f^{(1)}\le\log2,\quad f^{(2)}\le\log2+\tfrac{\epsilon}{\beta}\ \text{on a box},\qquad |f^{(1)}_1|\le\tfrac{4\sqrt n}{\epsilon}\log2,\ |f^{(1)}_{11}|\le\tfrac{12n}{\epsilon^2}\log2,\ |f^{(2)}_1|\le\tfrac{\sqrt n}{\beta},\ |f^{(2)}_{11}|\le\tfrac{n}{\beta\epsilon}\big(1+4\tfrac{\beta+\epsilon}{\epsilon}\big).f(1)≤log2,f(2)≤log2+βϵ​ on a box,∣f1(1)​∣≤ϵ4n​​log2, ∣f11(1)​∣≤ϵ212n​log2, ∣f1(2)​∣≤βn​​, ∣f11(2)​∣≤βϵn​(1+4ϵβ+ϵ​).

Significance

By the criterion of Down, Meyn and Tweedie (Ann. Probab. 23, 1995, Theorem 5.2), a drift inequality of the form (5.2) with compact KKK and V→∞V\to\inftyV→∞ implies that the diffusion is positive Harris recurrent and exponentially ergodic in the VVV-norm (Theorem 3 and Corollary 1 of the paper). Together with tightness of the prelimit stationary distributions (mission 1 of this series), this gives convergence of the stationary distributions of the JSQ chains to that of the diffusion. That justifies approximating steady-state JSQ performance by the diffusion.

The construction itself is reusable. Solving the fluid-model PDE Lf=−(smoothed indicator)Lf=-(\text{smoothed indicator})Lf=−(smoothed indicator) and exponentiating the solution is a general route from fluid stability to exponential ergodicity of a diffusion. This mission writes that route out for one reflected diffusion with explicit hitting-time formulas.

Status: the result is proved in the paper; no part of it has a machine-checked proof. Theorem 3 and Corollary 1 are not posed, because they rest on the cited Down–Meyn–Tweedie theory and on the existence of the reflected process, neither of which Mathlib has.

Difficulty

The reflecting boundary rules out the first candidates. The condition V1(0,x2)=V2(0,x2)V_1(0,x_2)=V_2(0,x_2)V1​(0,x2​)=V2​(0,x2​) excludes exponentials of linear functions such as ea(x2−x1)e^{a(x_2-x_1)}ea(x2​−x1​) unless a=0a=0a=0. The natural candidate from the fluid model, the exponential of the fluid time needed to reach a box, has a discontinuous integrand and is not in C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω), so GYG_YGY​ cannot be applied to it. The milestone functions f(1)f^{(1)}f(1), f(2)f^{(2)}f(2) are given piecewise across the curves Γ(κ1)\Gamma^{(\kappa_1)}Γ(κ1​), Γ(κ2)\Gamma^{(\kappa_2)}Γ(κ2​) and the lines x1=−κi/nx_1=-\kappa_i/\sqrt nx1​=−κi​/n​, through implicitly defined hitting times. Three things are hard: C2C^2C2 regularity across these interfaces, the Lambert W asymptotics as x2↓0x_2\downarrow0x2​↓0, and second-derivative bounds that hold uniformly on the unbounded domain Ω\OmegaΩ with the stated dependence on nnn and ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Formalization scope

  • Points of Ω\OmegaΩ are pairs ℝ × ℝ, and Ω\OmegaΩ is Set.Iic 0 ×ˢ Set.Ici 0. Partials are fderivWithin ℝ f Ω in the coordinate directions, which are one-sided at boundary points. C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) is ContDiffOn ℝ 2 f Ω.
  • GYG_YGY​ is the generator formula of p. 16, and every statement applies it only to C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) functions with the reflection condition. The process (2.1) and the extended generator are not constructed. V∈C2(Ω)V\in C^2(\Omega)V∈C2(Ω) is part of the conclusion of Theorem 4, so a VVV whose derivatives within Ω\OmegaΩ are undefined (and default to 000) cannot satisfy (5.2) vacuously. Dropping V≥1V\ge1V≥1, V→∞V\to\inftyV→∞, the compactness of KKK, or c,d>0c,d>0c,d>0 would make (5.2) trivial, and all four are kept.
  • The auxiliary nnn is an integer n≥1n\ge1n≥1; no relation between β\betaβ and n\sqrt nn​ is assumed.
  • The Lambert W function (principal branch) is defined locally, since Mathlib has none. τ\tauτ takes values in WithTop ℝ, with ∞\infty∞ when no solution exists, and its real value is used only where it is finite. ν∗\nu^*ν∗ (the curve Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ)) is the solution of a nonlinear system whose uniqueness is Lemma 5.
  • Two printed misprints are corrected. Lemma 8's "for every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0" is formalized with κ1=β+ϵ\kappa_1=\beta+\epsilonκ1​=β+ϵ, κ2=β+2ϵ\kappa_2=\beta+2\epsilonκ2​=β+2ϵ, the choice its proof makes; read literally, the printed statement is false. In (C.5) of Lemma 10 the identity τ~2=−τ~1τ~\tilde\tau_2=-\tilde\tau_1\tilde\tauτ~2​=−τ~1​τ~ is formalized as τ~2=τ~1τ~\tilde\tau_2=\tilde\tau_1\tilde\tauτ~2​=τ~1​τ~, which is what implicit differentiation gives.
  • Lemmas 5, 6 and 9 (properties of Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ), τ\tauτ and WWW) are milestones of mission 1; here their objects are only definitions. Contributions proving those facts in this namespace, or general lemmas on the Lambert W function, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Braverman, Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin-Whitt Regime, Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020; preprint arXiv:1801.05121v2, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.05121, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.1023
  • P. Eschenfeldt, D. Gamarnik, Join the Shortest Queue with Many Servers. The Heavy-Traffic Asymptotics, 2015 (Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.00999
  • D. Down, S. P. Meyn, R. L. Tweedie, Exponential and Uniform Ergodicity of Markov Processes, Ann. Probab. 23, 1671–1691, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176987798
  • D. Mukherjee, S. C. Borst, J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden, P. A. Whiting, Universality of Load Balancing Schemes on the Diffusion Scale, J. Appl. Probab. 53, 1111–1124, 2016. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.jap/1481132840
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents 9: Total Completion Time Against a Maximum Cost Has at Most n_A·n_B + 1 Nondominated PairsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many scheduling decisions are not owned by a single decision maker. A machine shared by two departments, a production line serving two customers, or a computing resource shared by two users must process the jobs of two agents, each of which judges a schedule by its own criterion. Agnetis, Mirchandani, Pacciarelli and Pacifici introduced this model in Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents (Operations Research, 2004, doi:10.1287/opre.1030.0092), and it became the starting point of the literature on multi-agent scheduling (surveyed in Agnetis, Billaut, Gawiejnowicz, Pacciarelli and Soukhal, Multiagent Scheduling, Springer, 2014, doi:10.1007/978-3-642-41880-8).

When neither agent can impose its criterion on the other, the natural object to compute is the set of compromises that cannot be improved for one agent without hurting the other: the Pareto frontier. Section 11 of the paper asks how large that frontier can be for each pair of criteria it studies, because the size of the frontier decides whether it can be listed in polynomial time. This mission formalizes the answer for one agent minimizing its total completion time against the other agent's maximum cost.

Setting

Agent AAA owns jobs J1A,…,JnAAJ^A_1,\dots,J^A_{n_A}J1A​,…,JnA​A​ and agent BBB owns jobs J1B,…,JnBBJ^B_1,\dots,J^B_{n_B}J1B​,…,JnB​B​, with nB≥1n_B\ge 1nB​≥1. Every job JjJ_jJj​ has a positive processing time pjp_jpj​, is available at time 000, and is processed without interruption on a single machine that handles one job at a time. Since both criteria below are nondecreasing in completion times, a schedule σ\sigmaσ is a sequence of all nA+nBn_A+n_BnA​+nB​ jobs processed in that order from time 000 without idle time, and Cj(σ)C_j(\sigma)Cj​(σ) denotes the completion time of JjJ_jJj​.

  • Agent AAA wants to minimize its total completion time ∑h=1nAChA(σ)\sum_{h=1}^{n_A} C^A_h(\sigma)∑h=1nA​​ChA​(σ).
  • Each BBB-job has a nondecreasing cost function fkBf^B_kfkB​ of its completion time, and agent BBB wants to minimize its maximum cost fmax⁡B(σ)=max⁡kfkB(CkB(σ))f^B_{\max}(\sigma)=\max_k f^B_k(C^B_k(\sigma))fmaxB​(σ)=maxk​fkB​(CkB​(σ)).

A schedule σ\sigmaσ is nondominated if no schedule σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ has ∑ChA(σˉ)≤∑ChA(σ)\sum C^A_h(\bar\sigma)\le\sum C^A_h(\sigma)∑ChA​(σˉ)≤∑ChA​(σ) and fmax⁡B(σˉ)≤fmax⁡B(σ)f^B_{\max}(\bar\sigma)\le f^B_{\max}(\sigma)fmaxB​(σˉ)≤fmaxB​(σ) with at least one inequality strict. Its nondominated pair is (∑ChA(σ),fmax⁡B(σ))\bigl(\sum C^A_h(\sigma),f^B_{\max}(\sigma)\bigr)(∑ChA​(σ),fmaxB​(σ)). The constrained problem 1∥∑CiA:fmax⁡B≤Q1\|\sum C^A_i : f^B_{\max}\le Q1∥∑CiA​:fmaxB​≤Q asks for a schedule with fkB(CkB)≤Qf^B_k(C^B_k)\le QfkB​(CkB​)≤Q for every BBB-job that minimizes ∑ChA\sum C^A_h∑ChA​ among such schedules; such a schedule is optimal for the bound QQQ.

The AAA-jobs of a schedule follow the SPT order when they appear by nondecreasing processing time, equal lengths in index order. A BBB-job overtakes an AAA-job when it moves from after it to before it.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11.6, corrected

∣{(∑ChA(σ), fmax⁡B(σ)):σ nondominated}∣ ≤ nA nB+1.\bigl|\{(\textstyle\sum C^A_h(\sigma),\,f^B_{\max}(\sigma)) : \sigma\ \text{nondominated}\}\bigr|\ \le\ n_A\,n_B+1.​{(∑ChA​(σ),fmaxB​(σ)):σ nondominated}​ ≤ nA​nB​+1.

The paper prints the bound nAnBn_An_BnA​nB​. That bound is false: with one job per agent, unit processing times and fB(t)=tf^B(t)=tfB(t)=t, the schedules ABABAB and BABABA give the two nondominated pairs (1,2)(1,2)(1,2) and (2,1)(2,1)(2,1). The corrected bound nAnB+1n_An_B+1nA​nB​+1 is the one the printed argument supports.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.4 (p. 234): if no BBB-job can complete last within the bound, every optimal schedule ends with a longest AAA-job. This is the reason the AAA-jobs of optimal schedules are in SPT order.
  2. Lemma 11.4 (p. 240): for Q′<QQ'<QQ′<Q and optimal schedules σ,σ′\sigma,\sigma'σ,σ′ for QQQ and Q′Q'Q′ whose AAA-jobs follow the SPT order, Cj(σ′)≥Cj(σ)C_j(\sigma')\ge C_j(\sigma)Cj​(σ′)≥Cj​(σ) for every AAA-job jjj.
  3. Lemma 11.5 (p. 240): under the same hypotheses, if a BBB-job precedes an AAA-job in σ\sigmaσ, it precedes it also in σ′\sigma'σ′.

Significance

A frontier of size at most nAnB+1n_An_B+1nA​nB​+1 means that the scheme the paper calls PP, which solves the constrained problem for a decreasing sequence of bounds, lists every nondominated pair with polynomially many calls to a polynomial algorithm (Theorem 5.5 of the paper). The contrast with the other criteria of §11 is the point: for two total-completion-time agents the paper exhibits an exponential frontier (Example 11.7). The bound therefore separates criteria whose compromises can be negotiated over an explicit list from those where they cannot.

Formalizing it adds three things. First, the printed statements need corrections: the bound is off by one, and Lemmas 11.4 and 11.5 are false when identical AAA-jobs may be ordered differently in the two schedules. A machine-checked version fixes the exact hypotheses. Second, the monotonicity of overtakes (Lemma 11.5) is a reusable structural fact about parametric scheduling under a tightening constraint. Third, no part of this paper or of two-agent scheduling has been machine-checked before, to our knowledge; the published sequence model the mission builds on comes from the formalization of Moore's 1968 algorithm.

Difficulty

The obvious argument counts overtakes: as the bound decreases, each BBB-job overtakes each AAA-job at most once, so consecutive frontier points differ by at least one new overtake. The step that does not go through as printed is "at most once". Optimal schedules for a given bound are not unique, and two optimal schedules can disagree on the order of identical AAA-jobs and on the position of a BBB-job between them. Then an "overtake" can be undone between two bounds without any change in the objectives. The counting is valid only for a consistently chosen family of schedules, and turning the comparison of optimal schedules for two different bounds into a strict improvement needs an exchange argument with careful bookkeeping of which jobs shift. A second, smaller gap is the base case: the first schedule of the chain carries no overtake and must be counted separately.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin nA ⊕ Fin nB, 0-based, and a schedule is a duplicate-free list of all jobs; completion times come from the published definition MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (Moore 1968 series), referenced rather than redefined. Processing times are real and strictly positive, the paper's standing convention, which the exchange arguments use. The bound QQQ is real; the paper's integer QQQ is a special case. Feasibility for the bound is stated job by job. The maximum cost fmax⁡Bf^B_{\max}fmaxB​ is a finite maximum and requires nB≥1n_B\ge 1nB​≥1.

Explicit readings of the paper's phrases:

  • "Nondominated schedules" in Theorem 11.6 is read as nondominated pairs, one schedule per pair, as §11 defines the set it enumerates. Counting schedules would count swaps of identical jobs separately.
  • The count is Set.encard of a set of real pairs, so the goal asserts finiteness as well as the bound; it is not a Set.ncard, which would be 000 on an infinite set.
  • "The AAA-jobs are always SPT ordered" (p. 240) is read as the SPT order with ties broken by index, imposed as a hypothesis on both schedules in Lemmas 11.4 and 11.5. Without a fixed tie-break both lemmas are false.
  • Lemma 5.4 is restated with nA≥1n_A\ge 1nA​≥1, since an empty schedule has no last job. It is also a milestone of mission 3 of this series and is restated here identically because draft items cannot import each other.

Nothing in the statements is trivial by construction. The goal is about every instance with positive data, its hypotheses are satisfiable, and the counterexample to the printed bound is checked in Lean. The milestones' SPT hypotheses are met by some optimal schedule of every feasible instance, so they are not vacuous. Running times, including the polynomiality of PP and the choice of the decrement ϵ\epsilonϵ in Figure 4, are not formalized.

A complete development needs exchange lemmas for single-machine sequences (moving a job, swapping two adjacent jobs, and their effect on completion times), the existence of SPT-ordered optimal schedules, and a chain-counting argument for nested sets of overtakes. The exchange lemmas are reusable for any single-machine sequencing mission. Contributions of any of these, and of a proof of the corrected bound that avoids the scheme PP, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Agnetis, P. B. Mirchandani, D. Pacciarelli, A. Pacifici, Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents, Operations Research 52(2), 229–242, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0092
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1), 102–109, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • A. Agnetis, J.-C. Billaut, S. Gawiejnowicz, D. Pacciarelli, A. Soukhal, Multiagent Scheduling: Models and Algorithms, Springer, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41880-8
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semismooth and Semiconvex Functions in Constrained Optimization III: With Semiconvex Problem Functions, a Stationary Point Is Optimal Unless There Is No Strictly Feasible PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many constrained optimization problems in operations research have objective and constraint functions that are continuous but not differentiable: maxima of finitely many smooth functions, value functions of inner optimization problems, piecewise-linear costs. For such problems the classical Karush–Kuhn–Tucker theory does not apply directly, and algorithms need a nonsmooth replacement for the condition "the gradient of the Lagrangian vanishes". R. Mifflin's report Semismooth and semiconvex functions in constrained optimization (IIASA RR-76-21, 1976; SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(6), 1977) supplies one. It introduces a point-to-set map MMM built from Clarke's generalized gradients and shows, in §5, that 0∈M(xˉ)0 \in M(\bar x)0∈M(xˉ) is necessary for optimality of locally Lipschitz problems and, for a class of semiconvex functions, also sufficient as soon as a strictly feasible point exists. The map MMM goes back to Merrill's fixed-point work on differentiable and convex problems; Mifflin's own algorithm for semismooth problems converges to points satisfying 0∈M(xˉ)0 \in M(\bar x)0∈M(xˉ), so the sufficiency result says when such points are actual minimizers.

This mission is the third of three on the report. Mission I treats pointwise maxima of compact families of smooth functions, mission II the chain rule for semismooth compositions.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn for Euclidean space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩. For F:Rn→RF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb RF:Rn→R, a point xxx and a direction ddd, the generalized directional derivative is

F0(x;d)=lim sup⁡h→0, t↓0F(x+h+td)−F(x+h)t,F^0(x;d)=\limsup_{h\to 0,\ t\downarrow 0}\frac{F(x+h+td)-F(x+h)}{t},F0(x;d)=h→0, t↓0limsup​tF(x+h+td)−F(x+h)​,

and the generalized gradient is the set ∂F(x)={g:⟨g,d⟩≤F0(x;d) for all d}\partial F(x)=\{g:\langle g,d\rangle\le F^0(x;d)\text{ for all }d\}∂F(x)={g:⟨g,d⟩≤F0(x;d) for all d}. When lim⁡t↓0[F(x+td)−F(x)]/t\lim_{t\downarrow 0}[F(x+td)-F(x)]/tlimt↓0​[F(x+td)−F(x)]/t exists it is the directional derivative F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d); FFF is quasidifferentiable at xxx if F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d) exists and equals F0(x;d)F^0(x;d)F0(x;d) for every ddd.

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn. FFF is semiconvex at x∈Xx\in Xx∈X with respect to XXX (Definition 2) if (a) FFF is Lipschitz on a ball about xxx, (b) FFF is quasidifferentiable at xxx, and (c) x+d∈Xx+d\in Xx+d∈X and F′(x;d)≥0F'(x;d)\ge 0F′(x;d)≥0 imply F(x+d)≥F(x)F(x+d)\ge F(x)F(x+d)≥F(x). It is semiconvex on XXX if this holds at every point of XXX. Convex functions and differentiable pseudoconvex functions are semiconvex.

The problem of §5 is to minimize f(x)f(x)f(x) subject to h(x)≤0h(x)\le 0h(x)≤0, where h(x)=max⁡1≤i≤mhi(x)h(x)=\max_{1\le i\le m}h_i(x)h(x)=max1≤i≤m​hi​(x). A point is feasible if h(x)≤0h(x)\le 0h(x)≤0 and strictly feasible if h(x)<0h(x)<0h(x)<0; xˉ\bar xxˉ is optimal if it is feasible and f(xˉ)≤f(x)f(\bar x)\le f(x)f(xˉ)≤f(x) for every feasible xxx. The map MMM is

M(x)={∂f(x)h(x)<0,conv⁡{∂f(x)∪∂h(x)}h(x)=0,∂h(x)h(x)>0,M(x)=\begin{cases}\partial f(x) & h(x)<0,\\ \operatorname{conv}\{\partial f(x)\cup\partial h(x)\} & h(x)=0,\\ \partial h(x) & h(x)>0,\end{cases}M(x)=⎩⎨⎧​∂f(x)conv{∂f(x)∪∂h(x)}∂h(x)​h(x)<0,h(x)=0,h(x)>0,​

and xˉ\bar xxˉ is stationary if h(xˉ)≤0h(\bar x)\le 0h(xˉ)≤0 and 0∈M(xˉ)0\in M(\bar x)0∈M(xˉ). In Lean these are genGrad, HasDirDeriv, QuasidiffAt, SemiconvexAt/SemiconvexOn, IsFeasible, IsOptimal, Mmap and IsStationary in the namespace MifflinSemismooth.Optimality; F0F^0F0 is the published ClarkeGradients.Shared.genDirDeriv.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9 (p. 20)

Suppose fff and hhh are semiconvex on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and 0∈M(xˉ)0\in M(\bar x)0∈M(xˉ). Then

h(xˉ)>0 ⟹ h(x)≥h(xˉ)>0  for all x,h(\bar x)>0\ \Longrightarrow\ h(x)\ge h(\bar x)>0\ \text{ for all }x,h(xˉ)>0 ⟹ h(x)≥h(xˉ)>0  for all x, h(xˉ)≤0 ⟹ xˉ is optimal, or h(x)≥0 for all x.h(\bar x)\le 0\ \Longrightarrow\ \bar x\text{ is optimal, or } h(x)\ge 0\text{ for all }x.h(xˉ)≤0 ⟹ xˉ is optimal, or h(x)≥0 for all x.

The first alternative says the problem is infeasible, the last that it has no strictly feasible point. The theorem carries no constants and holds for any constraint function hhh, not only a finite maximum.

Milestones

The proof uses, in order: a point with 0∈∂F(xˉ)0\in\partial F(\bar x)0∈∂F(xˉ) minimizes a semiconvex FFF over Rn\mathbb R^nRn (p. 20); on the boundary h(xˉ)=0h(\bar x)=0h(xˉ)=0, the condition 0∈M(xˉ)0\in M(\bar x)0∈M(xˉ) yields λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1], gˉ∈∂f(xˉ)\bar g\in\partial f(\bar x)gˉ​∈∂f(xˉ), g^∈∂h(xˉ)\hat g\in\partial h(\bar x)g^​∈∂h(xˉ) with λgˉ+(1−λ)g^=0\lambda\bar g+(1-\lambda)\hat g=0λgˉ​+(1−λ)g^​=0 (p. 20); Proposition 1(b), F0(x;d)=max⁡{⟨g,d⟩:g∈∂F(x)}F^0(x;d)=\max\{\langle g,d\rangle:g\in\partial F(x)\}F0(x;d)=max{⟨g,d⟩:g∈∂F(x)} (p. 3); Theorem 8, for FFF semiconvex on a convex XXX, F(x+d)≤F(x)F(x+d)\le F(x)F(x+d)≤F(x) implies F′(x;d)≤0F'(x;d)\le 0F′(x;d)≤0 (p. 19); and, if λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, ⟨gˉ,x−xˉ⟩≥0\langle\bar g,x-\bar x\rangle\ge 0⟨gˉ​,x−xˉ⟩≥0 for every feasible xxx (p. 21).

Companion results

Theorem 7 (p. 18): for locally Lipschitz f,hf,hf,h, an optimal point is stationary. Theorem 6 (p. 17): for locally Lipschitz h1,…,hmh_1,\dots,h_mh1​,…,hm​, h=max⁡ihih=\max_i h_ih=maxi​hi​ is locally Lipschitz with ∂h(x)⊆conv⁡⋃i∈A(x)∂hi(x)\partial h(x)\subseteq\operatorname{conv}\bigcup_{i\in A(x)}\partial h_i(x)∂h(x)⊆conv⋃i∈A(x)​∂hi​(x), where A(x)={i:h(x)=hi(x)}A(x)=\{i:h(x)=h_i(x)\}A(x)={i:h(x)=hi​(x)}; semismoothness, semiconvexity and quasidifferentiability on XXX pass from the hih_ihi​ to hhh, and in the last two cases the inclusion is an equality at points of XXX.

Significance

Theorems 7 and 9 together give a nonsmooth Karush–Kuhn–Tucker theory: for semiconvex problem functions with a strictly feasible point, stationarity in the sense of MMM is equivalent to global optimality. For differentiable functions this recovers the sufficiency of the Fritz John conditions for pseudoconvex objectives and constraints (Mangasarian, Nonlinear Programming, Theorem 10.1.1); for convex functions it recovers the saddle-point characterization. Since Mifflin's algorithm produces stationary points, Theorem 9 is the certificate that turns its output into a global minimizer. Theorem 6 lets the constraint max⁡ihi≤0\max_i h_i\le 0maxi​hi​≤0 stand for a finite system hi≤0h_i\le 0hi​≤0.

The results are proved in the report. None of them, and neither the notion of semiconvexity nor the map MMM, has a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me or in Mathlib as far as the platform search shows; Mathlib has no Clarke generalized gradient. The work is to formalize the known proofs, which also produces reusable facts about ∂F\partial F∂F (nonemptiness, compactness, the max formula) and about semiconvex functions on convex sets.

Difficulty

The case analysis of Theorem 9 is short; the weight sits in its ingredients. Theorem 8 is the delicate step. Semiconvexity constrains FFF only along directions where F′(x;d)≥0F'(x;d)\ge 0F′(x;d)≥0, so it says nothing directly about a direction along which FFF does not increase; and a mean value inequality along the segment from xxx to x+dx+dx+d ignores quasidifferentiability and does not determine the sign of F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d). Proposition 1(b) is an attainment statement for a sublinear function whose finiteness rests on the Lipschitz hypothesis, and it fails for the real-valued limsup without that hypothesis. The convex-combination step depends on ∂f(xˉ)\partial f(\bar x)∂f(xˉ) and ∂h(xˉ)\partial h(\bar x)∂h(xˉ) being nonempty and convex: the convex hull of a union of two sets need not consist of two-point combinations otherwise. Theorem 7 needs M(xˉ)M(\bar x)M(xˉ) to be closed, which in the boundary case is a statement about the convex hull of two compact sets.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). F0F^0F0 is a real limsup and equals 000 when the difference quotient is unbounded; every statement therefore has a Lipschitz hypothesis at the points where F0F^0F0 or ∂F\partial F∂F is used, and semiconvexity includes "Lipschitz on a ball". ∂F\partial F∂F is the paper's support-set definition, not the hull of gradient limits. F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d) is a relation (HasDirDeriv), never a function with a default value, so Definition 2(c) cannot hold vacuously. "Semiconvex on Rn\mathbb R^nRn" means with respect to X=RnX=\mathbb R^nX=Rn. "max" is IsGreatest, which asserts attainment. Lipschitz constants are nonnegative reals, which is equivalent to the page's positive constants.

The goal, Theorems 7, 8 and 9 are stated for an arbitrary constraint function hhh; the paper's h=max⁡ihih=\max_i h_ih=maxi​hi​ is the special case maxConstraint hs with m≥1m\ge 1m≥1, and Theorem 6 is the bridge. Theorem 9's hypothesis is 0∈M(xˉ)0\in M(\bar x)0∈M(xˉ) alone, without feasibility. Theorem 6(c) as printed asserts ∂h(x)=conv⁡⋃i∈A(x)∂hi(x)\partial h(x)=\operatorname{conv}\bigcup_{i\in A(x)}\partial h_i(x)∂h(x)=conv⋃i∈A(x)​∂hi​(x) "for each x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn"; that is false when X≠RnX\neq\mathbb R^nX=Rn (h1=−∣x∣h_1=-|x|h1​=−∣x∣, h2=−2∣x∣h_2=-2|x|h2​=−2∣x∣, X=(1,2)X=(1,2)X=(1,2), x=0x=0x=0), so it is stated for x∈Xx\in Xx∈X. A formalization with the hull-of-limits ∂\partial∂, a junk-valued F′F'F′, a feasibility hypothesis added to Theorem 9, or semiconvexity with respect to a smaller set would prove a different and weaker theorem, and is ruled out.

A complete development needs the basic theory of the generalized gradient (Proposition 1(a), (b)), a Lebourg-type mean value theorem for case analysis along segments, and the finite-max rule. These are reusable beyond this mission, by missions I and II of the series in particular. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as are proofs of Proposition 1(a) as an auxiliary lemma.

Selected references

  • R. Mifflin, Semismooth and semiconvex functions in constrained optimization, IIASA Research Report RR-76-21, December 1976, https://pure.iiasa.ac.at/id/eprint/524/ ; journal version: SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(6) (1977) 959–972, https://doi.org/10.1137/0315061
  • F. H. Clarke, Generalized gradients and applications, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 205 (1975) 247–262. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1975-0367131-6
  • O. L. Mangasarian, Nonlinear Programming, McGraw-Hill, 1969 (SIAM Classics reprint 1994). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971255
  • G. Lebourg, Valeur moyenne pour gradient généralisé, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. A 281 (1975) 795–797.
  • B. N. Pshenichnyi, Necessary Conditions for an Extremum, Marcel Dekker, 1971.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryMachine LearningProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Machine Learning for Mean Field Control, Finite Horizon: The N-Agent Discrete-Time Neural-Net Value Is Within O(N^{-1/max(d,4)} + n_in^{-1/(3(d+1))} + √Δt) of the MKV OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field control studies the optimal control of a very large population of interacting agents through the limit in which the population is replaced by its distribution. The limit problem is a McKean–Vlasov (MKV) control problem: the dynamics and the cost of a representative agent depend on the law of its own state. Such problems arise in systemic risk, crowd motion, energy management and the planning of large distributed systems; the reference account is Carmona and Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II (Springer, 2018).

MKV control problems are rarely solvable in closed form, and grid-based numerical methods suffer from the dimension of the state. A practical alternative is to simulate a finite population on a time grid, parametrize the feedback control by a neural network, and minimize the simulated cost by stochastic gradient descent. Carmona and Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case (Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6), 2022, doi:10.1214/21-AAP1715), quantify how close this computable proxy is to the true optimum. This mission formalizes the statement of their main result and of the propositions and lemmas its proof is built from.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, a state dimension ddd, a control dimension kkk (controls take values in A=RkA=\mathbb R^kA=Rk), an initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, a drift b(t,x,μ,α)b(t,x,\mu,\alpha)b(t,x,μ,α), a volatility σ(t,x,μ)\sigma(t,x,\mu)σ(t,x,μ) (not controlled), a running cost f(t,x,μ,α)f(t,x,\mu,\alpha)f(t,x,μ,α) and a terminal cost g(x,μ)g(x,\mu)g(x,μ); μ\muμ ranges over P2(Rd)\mathcal P_2(\mathbb R^d)P2​(Rd), the probability measures with finite second moment, compared with the Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​.

Problem 1 (the MKV problem). On a probability space carrying a ddd-dimensional Wiener process WWW and an independent X0∼μ0X_0\sim\mu_0X0​∼μ0​, minimize over progressively measurable square-integrable controls α∈A\alpha\in\mathbb Aα∈A

J(α)=E[∫0Tf(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+g(XT,L(XT))],dXt=b(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+σ(t,Xt,L(Xt)) dWt,J(\alpha)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^Tf(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+g(X_T,\mathcal L(X_T))\Big],\qquad dX_t=b(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+\sigma(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t))\,dW_t,J(α)=E[∫0T​f(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+g(XT​,L(XT​))],dXt​=b(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+σ(t,Xt​,L(Xt​))dWt​,

where L(Xt)\mathcal L(X_t)L(Xt​) is the law of XtX_tXt​.

Problem 3 (the NNN-agent problem). NNN agents with independent Wiener processes WiW^iWi and i.i.d. initial states X0i∼μ0X^i_0\sim\mu_0X0i​∼μ0​ use a common feedback function v(t,x)v(t,x)v(t,x); the law is replaced by the empirical measure μtN=1N∑jδXtj\mu^N_t=\frac1N\sum_j\delta_{X^j_t}μtN​=N1​∑j​δXtj​​, and the cost is JN(v)=1N∑iE[∫0Tf(t,Xti,μtN,v(t,Xti)) dt+g(XTi,μTN)]J^N(v)=\frac1N\sum_i\mathbb E[\int_0^Tf(t,X^i_t,\mu^N_t,v(t,X^i_t))\,dt+g(X^i_T,\mu^N_T)]JN(v)=N1​∑i​E[∫0T​f(t,Xti​,μtN​,v(t,Xti​))dt+g(XTi​,μTN​)].

Problem 2 (the computable proxy). With Δt=T/NT\Delta t=T/N_TΔt=T/NT​ and tn=nΔtt_n=n\Delta ttn​=nΔt, the NNN agents follow the Euler scheme

Xˇtn+1i=Xˇtni+b(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn,φ(tn,Xˇtni))Δt+σ(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn)ΔWˇni\check X^i_{t_{n+1}}=\check X^i_{t_n}+b(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n},\varphi(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n}))\Delta t+\sigma(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n})\Delta\check W^i_nXˇtn+1​i​=Xˇtn​i​+b(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​,φ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​))Δt+σ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​)ΔWˇni​

with i.i.d. Gaussian increments ΔWˇni∼N(0,Δt Id)\Delta\check W^i_n\sim\mathcal N(0,\Delta t\,I_d)ΔWˇni​∼N(0,ΔtId​), and JˇN(φ)\check J^N(\varphi)JˇN(φ) is the expected time-discretized cost. The feedback φ\varphiφ ranges over Nd+1,nin,kψ\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}Nd+1,nin​,kψ​, the one-hidden-layer neural networks from (t,x)∈Rd+1(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d+1}(t,x)∈Rd+1 to Rk\mathbb R^kRk with ninn_{\rm in}nin​ hidden neurons and activation ψ\psiψ; ψ\psiψ is 2π2\pi2π-periodic, of class C3\mathcal C^3C3, with ψ^1=∫−ππψ(x)e−ix dx≠0\hat\psi_1=\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\psi(x)e^{-ix}\,dx\ne0ψ^​1​=∫−ππ​ψ(x)e−ixdx=0.

The standing assumptions (§2.2 and Appendix A of the paper) make b,σb,\sigmab,σ affine in (x,μˉ,α)(x,\bar\mu,\alpha)(x,μˉ​,α) (A1), make f,gf,gf,g differentiable in (x,α,μ)(x,\alpha,\mu)(x,α,μ) (in μ\muμ in the sense of the L-derivative) with Lipschitz derivatives (A2)–(A3), make fff strongly convex in α\alphaα (A4), and add the regularity (B1)–(B3), (C1)–(C3). Under them the reduced Hamiltonian b⋅y+fb\cdot y+fb⋅y+f has a minimizer α^(t,x,μ,y)\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu,y)α^(t,x,μ,y), the Pontryagin forward–backward system has a solution (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) with marginal flow μt\mu_tμt​, and Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​) for a regular decoupling field VVV. The optimal feedback is v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt,V(t,x))\hat v(t,x)=\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu_t,V(t,x))v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt​,V(t,x)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 4070)

inf⁡α∈AJ(α) ≥ inf⁡φ∈Nd+1,nin,kψJˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max⁡(d,4)1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4}+nin−1/(3(d+1))+Δt)\inf_{\alpha\in\mathbb A}J(\alpha)\ \ge\ \inf_{\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}}\check J^N(\varphi)-C\Big(N^{-1/\max(d,4)}\sqrt{1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}}}+n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}+\sqrt{\Delta t}\Big)α∈Ainf​J(α) ≥ φ∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​inf​JˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max(d,4)1+ln(N)1{d=4}​​+nin−1/(3(d+1))​+Δt​)

for a constant CCC depending only on the data and on ψ\psiψ, for all N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1.

The three steps

  1. Proposition 7 (finite population): inf⁡αJ(α)≥JN(v^)−c1N−2/max⁡(d,4)(1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4})\inf_\alpha J(\alpha)\ge J^N(\hat v)-c_1\sqrt{N^{-2/\max(d,4)}(1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}})}infα​J(α)≥JN(v^)−c1​N−2/max(d,4)(1+ln(N)1{d=4}​)​.
  2. Proposition 8 (network class): some φ^∈Nd+1,nin,kψ\hat\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}φ^​∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​ with bounded Lipschitz constants has JN(v^)≥JN(φ^)−K2nin−1/(3(d+1))J^N(\hat v)\ge J^N(\hat\varphi)-K_2n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}JN(v^)≥JN(φ^​)−K2​nin−1/(3(d+1))​.
  3. Proposition 15 (time step): ∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt|J^N(\varphi)-\check J^N(\varphi)|\le C\sqrt{\Delta t}∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt​ for regular feedbacks.

Supporting results

Lemma 18 (Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^), Proposition 10 (network approximation of a function and its first two xxx-derivatives at rate nin−1/(2(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(2(d+1))}nin−1/(2(d+1))​ on [0,T]×Bˉd(0,R)[0,T]\times\bar B_d(0,R)[0,T]×Bˉd​(0,R)), (C.2) (moment bounds uniform in NNN), Proposition 13 (stability of JNJ^NJN under feedbacks close on a ball), Lemma 19 (time regularity of the particle system) and Lemma 14 (strong error CNΔtCN\Delta tCNΔt of the Euler scheme).

Significance

The theorem certifies the standard deep-learning approach to mean field control: the value computed by minimizing the simulated finite-population, discrete-time cost over networks is, up to an explicit error with separate rates for population size, network width and time step, no larger than the true MKV value. The rates also expose where the method loses: the nin−1/(3(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}nin−1/(3(d+1))​ term is a curse of dimensionality in the network step (Remark 11).

The result is proved in the paper (§3 and Appendices B–D); the proof of Proposition 7 is a modification of Carmona–Delarue, Vol. II, Theorem 6.17. None of it is formalized. A formal development would provide the first machine-checked bridge between a stochastic control problem of McKean–Vlasov type and a concrete learning architecture, and its intermediate results (moment and stability estimates for interacting particle systems, the strong error of an Euler scheme with constants independent of the number of particles, simultaneous approximation of a function and its derivatives by periodic networks) are reusable on their own.

Difficulty

Each step rests on research-level analysis. Proposition 7 needs the Pontryagin principle for McKean–Vlasov control, the propagation of chaos for the optimally controlled system, and the Fournier–Guillin rate for empirical measures, whose max⁡(d,4)\max(d,4)max(d,4) exponent and logarithmic correction at d=4d=4d=4 appear in the bound. Proposition 8 requires approximating the optimal feedback together with its first two derivatives in xxx, because the time-discretization step needs regularity of the approximating network; standard universal approximation results give no control of derivatives, and the available simultaneous approximation results hold only for periodic functions, which forces a localization to a ball whose radius must be balanced against the approximation rate. Proposition 15 cannot be obtained from classical Euler estimates for a system of NdNdNd equations, whose constants grow with NNN: the estimates must be done agent by agent through the empirical measure.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm; every constant is existential, so all statements are norm-independent. Time is ℝ≥0 for processes. Solutions of (2.2) and (3.2) use the published Itô-process predicate Peng1990.SMP.IsItoProcess (for X−X0X-X_0X−X0​, with continuous paths and the natural filtration of the initial data and the noise); the backward equation of the Pontryagin system uses Peng1990.SMP.SolvesBSDE; W2W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance. Problem 2 is law-level: the Euler scheme is a deterministic map of initial positions and increments, integrated against μ0⊗N⊗N(0,ΔtId)⊗NNT\mu_0^{\otimes N}\otimes\mathcal N(0,\Delta t I_d)^{\otimes NN_T}μ0⊗N​⊗N(0,ΔtId​)⊗NNT​; Lemma 14 couples it with the continuous system through the Brownian increments, as the paper does.

The hypotheses are bundled as Coeff ((A1)–(A4), (B1), (B3), (C1), with witnesses for every derivative; the L-derivative is the Fréchet derivative of the lift on L2([0,1])L^2([0,1])L2([0,1])) and DecouplingField ((2.6), existence of a solution of (2.7) on some Problem-1 space, Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​), (B2), (C2), (C3)). Disclosed readings: ggg's L-convexity is (A4) without α\alphaα and with right-hand side 000; unique solvability of (2.7), uniqueness and Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^ are not assumed (the last is Lemma 18); Proposition 13 lets its constant depend on bounds for ∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣|v(0,0)|,|w(0,0)|∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣, as its proof does; Proposition 15 reads the first bound of (3.16) as C1(1+∣(t,x)∣)C_1(1+|(t,x)|)C1​(1+∣(t,x)∣). Infima are stated pointwise (∀α ∀η>0 ∃φ\forall\alpha\,\forall\eta>0\,\exists\varphi∀α∀η>0∃φ), never as a real ⨅, and N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1 throughout. The hypothesis bundle is not vacuous: a sorry-free check exhibits the model b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0, f=∣α∣2f=|\alpha|^2f=∣α∣2, g=0g=0g=0, μ0=δ0\mu_0=\delta_0μ0​=δ0​ with α^=0\hat\alpha=0α^=0, V=0V=0V=0 satisfying every assumption on any Problem-1 space. Junk values cannot trivialize the goal: the costs are Bochner integrals whose integrability follows from the assumptions, so a non-integrable cost would only make the claimed inequality harder, never vacuous.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, in particular the self-contained Lemmas 14 and 19, (C.2) and Proposition 13; infrastructure for the L-derivative, Itô's formula for the published Itô processes, empirical-measure convergence rates, and trigonometric approximation of Cr\mathcal C^rCr periodic functions.

Selected references

  • R. Carmona, M. Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case, Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6) (2022), 4065–4105. https://doi.org/10.1214/21-AAP1715
  • R. Carmona, F. Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II, Springer (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58920-6
  • N. Fournier, A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 162 (2015), 707–738. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4) (1990), 966–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Mechanism DesignOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Double Counting in Supply Chain Carbon Footprinting I: With Joint Carbon Production, Every Differentiable Increasing Payment Rule That Makes the Social First-Best a Nash Equilibrium Double-CountsResearch Paper

Motivation

Carbon accounting assigns emissions from a shared supply-chain process to firms that can reduce them. If more than one firm can change the same emissions, charging each firm only a share may leave each with too little incentive to abate. Caro, Corbett, Tan and Zuidwijk study the conflict between avoiding double counting in an emissions ledger and inducing the effort a social planner would choose. Their working paper, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management in 2013, states an impossibility result for differentiable, increasing carbon-payment rules. It covers multiple firms, processes, and abatement actions, where a process can be influenced by several firms.

The question matters when a carbon footprint is used as a payment base rather than only as a report. A payment rule changes a firm's private incentive to exert costly effort. The rule may also include transfers between firms, so its incentive effect cannot be judged by looking at a single firm's allocated emissions alone. The paper asks what aggregate marginal payment is necessary if decentralized choices are to reproduce the social first best.

Timeline. Holmström (1982) showed for a team with one joint output and one-dimensional efforts that no budget-balanced sharing rule supports the efficient efforts as a Nash equilibrium (stated in the paper as Proposition 1, p. 11). Charging every team member the full social cost ("charging everything to everyone") is known to restore efficiency, as the paper recalls on p. 12. Caro, Corbett, Tan and Zuidwijk (2012 working paper, 2013 journal version) extend the impossibility to many processes, many abatement actions per firm and an explicit influence structure between firms and processes. They also characterize the linear rules that achieve the first best.

Setting

Let NNN be a finite set of firms and III a finite set of emission-producing processes. Firm nnn chooses a vector en=(en,j)je_n=(e_{n,j})_jen​=(en,j​)j​ of abatement efforts in [0,A]mn[0,A]^{m_n}[0,A]mn​, with A>0A>0A>0. The full profile is e=(en)ne=(e_n)_ne=(en​)n​. Firm nnn's profit before carbon payments is Vn(en)V_n(e_n)Vn​(en​), concave and componentwise decreasing in its effort. Process iii's footprint is fi(e)f_i(e)fi​(e), convex and componentwise decreasing in the collective effort, and nonnegative on the feasible box. The functions are differentiable, as assumed in the paper's model.

The influence matrix B=(bn,i)B=(b_{n,i})B=(bn,i​) has entries in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. An entry is one when the sum of the partial derivatives of fif_ifi​ with respect to firm nnn's actions is negative. The paper treats this matrix as independent of the effort profile. Joint carbon production means that a process has at least two influencing firms: for some iii, ∑nbn,i≥2\sum_n b_{n,i}\ge 2∑n​bn,i​≥2.

The societal cost per unit of footprint is pS>0p_S>0pS​>0. The social first best e∗e^*e∗ maximizes

S(e)=∑n∈NVn(en)−pS∑i∈Ifi(e)S(e)=\sum_{n\in N}V_n(e_n)-p_S\sum_{i\in I}f_i(e)S(e)=n∈N∑​Vn​(en​)−pS​i∈I∑​fi​(e)

over the effort box. The paper assumes that this solution is unique and that the effort bound is large enough for the relevant optimum to be interior. The first-best footprint is f(e∗)=(fi(e∗))i∈If(e^*)=(f_i(e^*))_{i\in I}f(e∗)=(fi​(e∗))i∈I​.

A carbon-based payment rule hn(ϕ)h_n(\phi)hn​(ϕ) charges firm nnn as a function of the observed footprint vector ϕ\phiϕ, rather than the unobserved effort profile. In the social-planner setting of equation (5), hn(ϕ)=pSf^n(ϕ)+gn(ϕ)h_n(\phi)=p_S\widehat f_n(\phi)+g_n(\phi)hn​(ϕ)=pS​f​n​(ϕ)+gn​(ϕ), where f^n\widehat f_nf​n​ is its footprint allocation and the transfers balance: ∑ngn(ϕ)=0\sum_n g_n(\phi)=0∑n​gn​(ϕ)=0 for ϕ≥0\phi\ge0ϕ≥0. A Nash equilibrium is a feasible effort profile where no firm improves Vn(en)−hn(f(e))V_n(e_n)-h_n(f(e))Vn​(en​)−hn​(f(e)) by changing its own entire effort vector while the other firms hold theirs fixed. At a footprint vector ϕ\phiϕ, the rule double-counts process iii when ∑n∂hn/∂fi(ϕ)>pS\sum_n \partial h_n/\partial f_i(\phi)>p_S∑n​∂hn​/∂fi​(ϕ)>pS​.

Formalization targets

The goal is Proposition 2, evaluated at the first-best footprint:

joint production ∧ e∗ is Nash under differentiable increasing h⟹∃i∈I: ∑n∂hn∂fi(f(e∗))>pS.\text{joint production}\ \land\ e^*\text{ is Nash under differentiable increasing }h \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \exists i\in I:\ \sum_n\frac{\partial h_n}{\partial f_i}(f(e^*))>p_S.joint production ∧ e∗ is Nash under differentiable increasing h⟹∃i∈I: n∑​∂fi​∂hn​​(f(e∗))>pS​.

The paper defines double counting existentially over footprint levels. Its Appendix A.1 proves the stronger assertion at f(e∗)f(e^*)f(e∗), which is the target here. The rule remains of the form (5), with balanced internal transfers on the nonnegative footprint domain.

Two source statements form the milestone list. The necessary part of Lemma 7 gives equation (14): at an interior first best that is also a Nash equilibrium, the sum over processes of each footprint derivative times the gap between the firm's marginal payment and pSp_SpS​ is zero, both with and without the influence indicator bn,ib_{n,i}bn,i​. Equation (18) says that if aggregate marginal payments do not exceed pSp_SpS​ at f(e∗)f(e^*)f(e∗), every individual process contribution to that sum is zero. The mission also drafts the sufficient part of Lemma 7 and Proposition 3, which characterizes the linear rules h=pSAmatf+kh=p_S A_{\mathrm{mat}}f+kh=pS​Amat​f+k with 0≤Amat≤10\le A_{\mathrm{mat}}\le10≤Amat​≤1: they implement e∗e^*e∗ precisely when Amat≥BA_{\mathrm{mat}}\ge BAmat​≥B.

Significance

Proposition 2 identifies a limit on footprint-based incentives under joint production. With more than one firm able to lower a process's emissions, a differentiable increasing rule that implements the first best cannot keep every aggregate marginal charge at or below the social carbon price. Balanced transfers among firms do not remove that requirement. Proposition 3 supplies a complementary characterization for linear payments, identifying which firms must bear the full marginal charge for the processes they influence. These are results proved in the paper, not open conjectures.

The formalization contributes a precise, reusable model of finite effort profiles, process footprints, unilateral deviations, and coordinate marginal payments. It also separates a global Nash best-response condition from first-order identities, so the necessary condition in Lemma 7 has mathematical content. The listed Lean theorems are draft statements with proof holes; they do not yet have machine-checked proofs. Completing them would formally verify the paper's stated claims under the declared model conventions.

Difficulty

The obstacle is the interaction between a shared footprint and unilateral decisions. A firm's payment derivative with respect to a process footprint is multiplied by that firm's own effect on the process, while the social objective prices the total footprint at pSp_SpS​. A condition on the sum of marginal payments alone does not specify the charge faced by each influential firm. With several actions and processes, the necessary condition is a sum over process contributions, so it cannot simply be read as a coordinatewise equality without further assumptions. These issues occur even though all effort and process index sets are finite.

Formalization scope

Lean represents firms, each firm's action indices, and processes by finite types. Efforts and footprints are real-valued functions. The firm and collective effort boxes are closed coordinatewise intervals, with A>0A>0A>0; optimality and Nash equilibrium quantify over all feasible profiles or unilateral deviations. Coordinate partial derivatives use one-variable derivatives after replacing the corresponding coordinate. Payment rules are functions on real footprint vectors and “increasing” means componentwise nondecreasing.

The source's sign test for bn,ib_{n,i}bn,i​ does not name an effort profile. The formalization pins it to every profile in the effort box, matching the paper's use of a fixed influence matrix. Interiority is required only of the named first best. The paper's “without loss of generality” nonempty row and column sums for BBB are omitted because the results do not use them; the strict part of its cost monotonicity is likewise unused. Its participation condition (3) is outside the decentralized game (4) and is not added to Nash equilibrium. Equation (5) and transfer balance are imposed only for nonnegative footprint vectors, as printed. The effort bound AAA and Proposition 3's matrix AmatA_{\mathrm{mat}}Amat​ have distinct names.

The first best is a feasible global maximum, not a default-valued real supremum; Nash equilibrium tests full unilateral deviations, not stationarity. These choices rule out a vacuous first-best target and a first-order surrogate for the game. The supporting definitions of finite effort boxes, coordinate derivatives, social value, and Nash best response are useful beyond the final impossibility statement. Contributions that prove the source's necessary and sufficient conditions, the linear characterization, or the goal against these definitions are within scope.

Selected references

  • B. Holmström, Moral Hazard in Teams, Bell Journal of Economics 13(2), 324–340, 1982. DOI.
  • F. Caro, C. J. Corbett, T. Tan and R. Zuidwijk, Double-Counting in Supply Chain Carbon Footprinting, working paper dated December 21, 2012, especially §§3–4 and Appendix A. Author-hosted manuscript. Published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 15(4), 2013. DOI.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search IV: Under Overlapping-Assortment Search, the Full Assortment Is Optimal Once Search Is Cheap EnoughResearch Paper

Assortment planning when consumers can shop elsewhere

A retailer that decides which variants of a product to stock (its assortment) trades off the revenue each variant brings against the operational cost of carrying it. The classical model of this trade-off uses the multinomial logit (MNL) model of consumer choice: a consumer who does not like what the store offers simply buys nothing (van Ryzin & Mahajan 1999). In practice a consumer who does not like what the store offers can also go elsewhere. Cachon, Terwiesch and Xu (working paper, December 2002; published in MSOM 7(4), 2005) add this consumer search to the MNL model and ask how it changes the retailer's optimal assortment.

They study two search models. In the overlapping assortment model (§3.1), a consumer who searches pays a search cost bbb and then finds a competitor carrying every variant, so search can only reveal variants the store does not carry. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 6 about that model: when search is cheap, the store's best response is to carry everything.

Setting

There are nnn variants, N={1,…,n}N = \{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}, and an assortment is a subset S⊆NS \subseteq NS⊆N; write Sˉ=N−S\bar S = N - SSˉ=N−S for the variants the store does not carry. A consumer's utility for variant iii is Ui=(ui−pi)+ζiU_i = (u_i - p_i) + \zeta_iUi​=(ui​−pi​)+ζi​, where ui−piu_i - p_iui​−pi​ is the variant's expected net utility and the shocks ζi\zeta_iζi​ are independent with the zero-mean Gumbel distribution function F(x)=exp⁡[−exp⁡(−(x/μ+γ))]F(x) = \exp[-\exp(-(x/\mu + \gamma))]F(x)=exp[−exp(−(x/μ+γ))], with scale μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and γ\gammaγ Euler's constant. The no-purchase option is a "faux variant" 000 with utility U0U_0U0​. Its preference is vi=exp⁡((ui−pi)/μ)>0v_i = \exp((u_i - p_i)/\mu) > 0vi​=exp((ui​−pi​)/μ)>0, and v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0 is the preference of not buying.

Without search, variant i∈Si \in Si∈S has the MNL demand (2), qim(S)=vi/(∑k∈Svk+v0)q_i^m(S) = v_i / (\sum_{k\in S} v_k + v_0)qim​(S)=vi​/(∑k∈S​vk​+v0​). Following Theorem 1, put λ(u)=exp⁡[−(u/μ+γ)]\lambda(u) = \exp[-(u/\mu + \gamma)]λ(u)=exp[−(u/μ+γ)] and

H(u,S)=exp⁡(−λ(u)(v0+∑j∈Svj)),H(u, S) = \exp\Big(-\lambda(u)\big(v_0 + \textstyle\sum_{j\in S} v_j\big)\Big),H(u,S)=exp(−λ(u)(v0​+∑j∈S​vj​)),

the probability that every option the store offers, including not buying, has utility at most uuu. The best utility outside the store, max⁡i∈SˉUi\max_{i\in\bar S} U_imaxi∈Sˉ​Ui​, has a density w(yˉ,S)w(\bar y, S)w(yˉ​,S). A consumer whose best in-store utility is yyy searches when the expected gain exceeds the cost,

ΦS(y)=∫y∞(yˉ−y) w(yˉ,S) dyˉ ≥ b,(5)\Phi_S(y) = \int_y^\infty (\bar y - y)\, w(\bar y, S)\, d\bar y \ \ge\ b, \qquad (5)ΦS​(y)=∫y∞​(yˉ​−y)w(yˉ​,S)dyˉ​ ≥ b,(5)

and the search threshold Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is the solution of ΦS(Uˉ(S))=b\Phi_S(\bar U(S)) = bΦS​(Uˉ(S))=b, equation (4). Theorem 3 gives the resulting demand,

qiso(S)=qim(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)),i∈S, S≠N.q_i^{so}(S) = q_i^m(S)\big(1 - H(\bar U(S), S)\big), \qquad i \in S,\ S \ne N.qiso​(S)=qim​(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)),i∈S, S=N.

When the store carries everything there is nothing to search for (p. 28: "If the retailer offers the full assortment, there will be no consumer search"), so qiso(N)=qim(N)q_i^{so}(N) = q_i^m(N)qiso​(N)=qim​(N).

Variant iii earns margin mim_imi​ per unit and costs c(qi)c(q_i)c(qi​) to carry, where ccc is concave and increasing (economies of scale). The retailer's profit is

π(S)=∑i∈S[mi qiso(S)−c(qiso(S))],(1), (13).\pi(S) = \sum_{i\in S}\big[m_i\, q_i^{so}(S) - c(q_i^{so}(S))\big], \qquad (1),\ (13).π(S)=i∈S∑​[mi​qiso​(S)−c(qiso​(S))],(1), (13).

As printed, the second line of (13) writes qiso(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S))q_i^{so}(S)(1 - H(\bar U(S), S))qiso​(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)) where qim(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S))q_i^m(S)(1 - H(\bar U(S), S))qim​(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)) is meant; the definition uses the latter.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 18)

If the full assortment is profitable, π(N)>0\pi(N) > 0π(N)>0, then there is a bˉ>0\bar b > 0bˉ>0 such that

πb(S)≤πb(N)for every S⊆N and every search cost 0<b≤bˉ.\pi_b(S) \le \pi_b(N) \qquad \text{for every } S \subseteq N \text{ and every search cost } 0 < b \le \bar b .πb​(S)≤πb​(N)for every S⊆N and every search cost 0<b≤bˉ.

The threshold bˉ\bar bbˉ depends on the data v,v0,μ,m,cv, v_0, \mu, m, cv,v0​,μ,m,c but is one number for all assortments SSS.

Milestones

  1. w(⋅,S)w(\cdot, S)w(⋅,S) is the density of max⁡i∈SˉUi\max_{i\in\bar S} U_imaxi∈Sˉ​Ui​ (proof of Theorem 3, p. 11).
  2. For S≠NS \ne NS=N, the gain ΦS(y)\Phi_S(y)ΦS​(y) is finite and strictly decreasing in yyy (proof of Theorem 3, p. 11).
  3. For S≠NS \ne NS=N and b>0b > 0b>0, Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is the unique solution of (4) (Theorem 3, p. 11).
  4. Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is strictly decreasing in bbb (proof of Theorem 6, p. 18).
  5. Uˉ(S)→−∞\bar U(S) \to -\inftyUˉ(S)→−∞ as b→∞b \to \inftyb→∞ and Uˉ(S)→∞\bar U(S) \to \inftyUˉ(S)→∞ as b→0+b \to 0^+b→0+ (p. 18).
  6. H(Uˉ(S),S)→1H(\bar U(S), S) \to 1H(Uˉ(S),S)→1 and qiso(S)→0q_i^{so}(S) \to 0qiso​(S)→0 as b→0+b \to 0^+b→0+ (p. 18).

Significance

Theorem 6 separates the overlapping model sharply from the no-search MNL model and from the paper's independent-assortment model. In those two models every variant in an optimal assortment must earn a strictly positive profit, because dropping a loss-making variant only shifts demand to the remaining ones. In the overlapping model the assortment also controls whether consumers leave: carrying an unprofitable variant can pay because it removes a reason to search. Theorem 6 is the extreme form of this effect, stating that the motive to prevent search can override the profitability of individual variants entirely (§4.3, p. 17).

The paper gives only a short sketch of the proof. The steps it asserts without proof are the existence and uniqueness of Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S), its monotonicity and limits in bbb, and the explicit density www. This mission states each of them as a milestone. No machine-checked version of any of these results is known.

Difficulty

The search threshold Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is defined only implicitly, through an improper integral of the density of a maximum of Gumbel variables. Each property the theorem needs (that the equation has exactly one root, that the root moves monotonically with bbb, and that it escapes to +∞+\infty+∞ as b→0b \to 0b→0) has to be read off the integral. That means controlling ΦS\Phi_SΦS​ on the whole real line: its convergence, its strict decrease, and its limits at ±∞\pm\infty±∞.

The final comparison is not a direct consequence of qiso(S)→0q_i^{so}(S) \to 0qiso​(S)→0 either. A variant's profit miq−c(q)m_i q - c(q)mi​q−c(q) tends to −c(0)-c(0)−c(0) rather than to 000, so the conclusion depends on the sign of c(0)c(0)c(0), and bˉ\bar bbˉ must be chosen uniformly over all 2n2^n2n assortments.

Formalization scope

The shared model is the definition AssortSearch.FullAssort.Model, which builds on the published MNL share RetailVariety.Structure.share. Its conventions:

  • Variants are Fin n, numbered from 0; the paper's variant iii is index i−1i-1i−1. The no-purchase option is not a variant: v0v_0v0​ is a separate positive real.
  • Preferences vi>0v_i > 0vi​>0, v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0 and the scale μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 are free data ("for any given set of preference"). γ\gammaγ is Real.eulerMascheroniConstant.
  • Assortments are arbitrary Finset (Fin n), including ∅\emptyset∅, whose profit is 000.
  • w(yˉ,S)w(\bar y, S)w(yˉ​,S) is given by its explicit formula (VˉS/μ) λ(yˉ)exp⁡(−λ(yˉ)VˉS)(\bar V_S/\mu)\,\lambda(\bar y)\exp(-\lambda(\bar y)\bar V_S)(VˉS​/μ)λ(yˉ​)exp(−λ(yˉ​)VˉS​) with VˉS=∑i∈Sˉvi\bar V_S = \sum_{i\in\bar S} v_iVˉS​=∑i∈Sˉ​vi​. Milestone 1 proves that it is the density of the maximum.
  • ΦS(u)\Phi_S(u)ΦS​(u) is the Lebesgue integral over (u,∞)(u, \infty)(u,∞). Its integrability is part of milestone 2, so no result relies on Lean's value 000 for a non-integrable function.
  • Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is defined as inf⁡{u:ΦS(u)≤b}\inf\{u : \Phi_S(u) \le b\}inf{u:ΦS​(u)≤b}; milestone 3 proves that it solves (4). The demand for S=NS = NS=N is the no-search MNL share, and Uˉ(N)\bar U(N)Uˉ(N) is never used.
  • The cost c:R→Rc : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rc:R→R is concave and monotone on [0,1][0,1][0,1], where all demands lie. The hypothesis c(0)≥0c(0) \ge 0c(0)≥0 is added to Theorem 6; without it the theorem fails (a counterexample is in the goal's statement).
  • Search costs are positive: 0<b≤bˉ0 < b \le \bar b0<b≤bˉ.
  • The margins mim_imi​ are reals that satisfy §3's standing assumption of monotone margins (p. 6): mj≥mkm_j \ge m_kmj​≥mk​ whenever vj≥vkv_j \ge v_kvj​≥vk​ (equivalently uj−pj≥uk−pku_j - p_j \ge u_k - p_kuj​−pj​≥uk​−pk​). §3's labelling of variants by decreasing net utility is a labelling without loss of generality and is not encoded, since assortments are arbitrary subsets.

Several formalizations would make the goal trivial or empty, and each is excluded:

  • taking Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) as a free parameter instead of the solution of (4);
  • concluding ∃bˉ\exists \bar b∃bˉ without bˉ>0\bar b > 0bˉ>0;
  • defining qso(N)q^{so}(N)qso(N) through a junk value of Uˉ(N)\bar U(N)Uˉ(N);
  • dropping the hypothesis π(N)>0\pi(N) > 0π(N)>0;
  • fixing a specific cost function.

A complete development needs the integral calculus of the Gumbel tail (∫u∞(yˉ−u)w\int_u^\infty (\bar y - u) w∫u∞​(yˉ​−u)w and its derivative in uuu) and the product-measure computation of the law of a maximum of independent variables. Both are reusable beyond this paper, for instance in other search and extreme-value models. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and on helper lemmas such as the continuity of ΦS\Phi_SΦS​ and its limits at ±∞\pm\infty±∞.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, C. Terwiesch, Y. Xu, Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search, Wharton working paper, December 20, 2002; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(4):330–346, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0088
  • G. van Ryzin, S. Mahajan, On the Relationship Between Inventory Costs and Variety Benefits in Retail Assortments, Management Science 45(11):1496–1509, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.11.1496
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in P. Zarembka (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems V: On Percolated Graphs Sampled From a Lipschitz Graphon the Mean-Square Error Is at Most κ(q)/(nβₙ)^{1/q}Research Paper

Motivation

Large systems of interacting diffusions — neurons, oscillators, agents in a network game, particles in a queueing or load-balancing model — are usually analysed through their mean-field limit: as the population grows, each particle interacts with the empirical law of the others, and the system is replaced by a single nonlinear (McKean–Vlasov) equation. The classical theory assumes that every particle interacts with every other one with the same strength. Real networks are heterogeneous and sparse: particle iii interacts with particle jjj only through an edge of a random graph, and the number of neighbours of a particle is much smaller than the population size.

Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu (Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5), 2023) describe the heterogeneity by a graphon and prove laws of large numbers and rates of convergence for such systems. This mission is the fifth of a series formalizing that paper. Its subject is the paper's quantitative result for not-so-dense graphs: when the edges are sampled from a Lipschitz graphon and then thinned by a sparsity factor βn\beta_nβn​, the average mean-square distance between each particle and its graphon limit is of order (nβn)−1/q(n\beta_n)^{-1/q}(nβn​)−1/q for every q>1q>1q>1.

Setting

Let I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure. A graphon is a measurable symmetric function G:I×I→[0,1]G:I\times I\to[0,1]G:I×I→[0,1]. Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0 and write Cd=C([0,T]:Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T]:\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T]:Rd) with the norm ∥x∥∗,T=sup⁡0≤s≤T∣xs∣\|x\|_{*,T}=\sup_{0\le s\le T}|x_s|∥x∥∗,T​=sup0≤s≤T​∣xs​∣.

One probability space carries, for every label u∈Iu\in Iu∈I, an initial state Xu(0)X_u(0)Xu​(0) with law μu(0)\mu_u(0)μu​(0) and a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BuB_uBu​, the whole family {Xu(0),Bu:u∈I}\{X_u(0),B_u:u\in I\}{Xu​(0),Bu​:u∈I} being independent. The limit system (4.2) is a continuum of diffusions, one per label:

Xu(t)=Xu(0)+∫0t ⁣∫I ⁣∫Rdb(Xu(s),x) G(u,v) μv,s(dx) dv ds+∫0tσ(Xu(s)) dBu(s),μu,t=L(Xu(t)).X_u(t)=X_u(0)+\int_0^t\!\int_I\!\int_{\mathbb R^d}b(X_u(s),x)\,G(u,v)\,\mu_{v,s}(dx)\,dv\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(X_u(s))\,dB_u(s),\qquad \mu_{u,t}=\mathcal L(X_u(t)).Xu​(t)=Xu​(0)+∫0t​∫I​∫Rd​b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v)μv,s​(dx)dvds+∫0t​σ(Xu​(s))dBu​(s),μu,t​=L(Xu​(t)).

The particles are independent but not identically distributed; their laws are coupled through the dvdvdv-integral.

The not-so-dense nnn-particle system (4.1) uses the same initial states and Brownian motions at the labels i/ni/ni/n:

Xin(t)=Xi/n(0)+∫0t1nβn∑j=1nξijn b(Xin(s),Xjn(s)) ds+∫0tσ(Xin(s)) dBi/n(s),i=1,…,n.X^n_i(t)=X_{i/n}(0)+\int_0^t\frac{1}{n\beta_n}\sum_{j=1}^n\xi^n_{ij}\,b(X^n_i(s),X^n_j(s))\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(X^n_i(s))\,dB_{i/n}(s),\qquad i=1,\dots,n.Xin​(t)=Xi/n​(0)+∫0t​nβn​1​j=1∑n​ξijn​b(Xin​(s),Xjn​(s))ds+∫0t​σ(Xin​(s))dBi/n​(s),i=1,…,n.

The edges are percolated samples of GGG (Condition 4.3): ξijn=ξjin∼Bernoulli(βnG(i/n,j/n))\xi^n_{ij}=\xi^n_{ji}\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(\beta_nG(i/n,j/n))ξijn​=ξjin​∼Bernoulli(βn​G(i/n,j/n)), independent for 1≤i≤j≤n1\le i\le j\le n1≤i≤j≤n and independent of the noise. A particle has about nβnn\beta_nnβn​ neighbours, which is why the interaction is scaled by 1/(nβn)1/(n\beta_n)1/(nβn​).

The standing hypotheses are Condition 4.1 — u↦μu(0)u\mapsto\mu_u(0)u↦μu​(0) measurable with bounded second moments; bbb bounded and Lipschitz; σ\sigmaσ bounded, Lipschitz and invertible with bounded inverse; βn∈(0,1]\beta_n\in(0,1]βn​∈(0,1] and nβn→∞n\beta_n\to\inftynβn​→∞ — and Condition 2.3: on finitely many intervals I1,…,INI_1,\dots,I_NI1​,…,IN​ covering III, the map u↦μu(0)u\mapsto\mu_u(0)u↦μu​(0) is Lipschitz in the Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​, and GGG is Lipschitz on every block Ii×IjI_i\times I_jIi​×Ij​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

Under Conditions 2.3, 4.1 and 4.3, for each q∈(1,∞)q\in(1,\infty)q∈(1,∞) there is κ(q)∈(0,∞)\kappa(q)\in(0,\infty)κ(q)∈(0,∞) with

1n∑i=1nE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2≤κ(q)(nβn)1/qfor all n∈N.\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\mathbb E\big\|X^n_i-X_{i/n}\big\|_{*,T}^2\le\frac{\kappa(q)}{(n\beta_n)^{1/q}}\qquad\text{for all }n\in\mathbb N .n1​i=1∑n​E​Xin​−Xi/n​​∗,T2​≤(nβn​)1/qκ(q)​for all n∈N.

The constant depends on qqq and on the data, never on nnn. The bound is on the average over particles, not on the maximum.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.1: all moments of the coupling error are bounded uniformly in nnn and iii.
  2. (7.10): E[ξijn∣Xjn(s)−Xj/n(s)∣2]≤(2E∣Xjn(s)−Xj/n(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn)−1/q)βnG(i/n,j/n)\mathbb E[\xi^n_{ij}|X^n_j(s)-X_{j/n}(s)|^2]\le\big(2\mathbb E|X^n_j(s)-X_{j/n}(s)|^2+\kappa(q)(n\beta_n)^{-1/q}\big)\beta_nG(i/n,j/n)E[ξijn​∣Xjn​(s)−Xj/n​(s)∣2]≤(2E∣Xjn​(s)−Xj/n​(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn​)−1/q)βn​G(i/n,j/n).
  3. (7.15): the interaction error Rsn,2R^{n,2}_sRsn,2​ is at most (κ/n)∑jE∣Xjn(s)−Xj/n(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn)−1/q(\kappa/n)\sum_j\mathbb E|X^n_j(s)-X_{j/n}(s)|^2+\kappa(q)(n\beta_n)^{-1/q}(κ/n)∑j​E∣Xjn​(s)−Xj/n​(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn​)−1/q.
  4. Theorem 2.1(b) for (4.2): W2,T(μu,μv)≤κ∣u−v∣W_{2,T}(\mu_u,\mu_v)\le\kappa|u-v|W2,T​(μu​,μv​)≤κ∣u−v∣ for u,vu,vu,v in one interval IiI_iIi​.
  5. §7.3 display: the discretization error Rsn,4R^{n,4}_sRsn,4​ is at most κ/n2\kappa/n^2κ/n2.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 gives an explicit rate for the convergence of a particle system on a sparse random graph to its graphon limit. Its companion, Theorem 4.1 (mission IV), proves the law of large numbers under weaker hypotheses but without a rate. The rate says that the effective sample size is nβnn\beta_nnβn​, the typical degree, not nnn: graphs with βn→0\beta_n\to0βn​→0 still approximate the graphon system as long as the degree grows. Results of this type justify replacing a large heterogeneous network by its graphon limit in control and game problems, such as graphon mean-field games, where the error of the replacement must be quantified.

The paper proves the theorem by hand; none of its results has a machine-checked proof. The formalization produces precise statements of the not-so-dense model, of the estimates of §7.1 that hold for any sparsity, and of the discretization bound, each usable on its own. The milestones (7.10) and (7.15) are the paper's key estimates for sparse interactions and are shared with mission IV.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to compare each XinX^n_iXin​ with Xi/nX_{i/n}Xi/n​ by Gronwall's inequality, after bounding the difference of drifts. That step fails at the interaction term: the edge ξijn\xi^n_{ij}ξijn​ and the error Xjn−Xj/nX^n_j-X_{j/n}Xjn​−Xj/n​ are dependent, because the edge enters the dynamics of particle jjj. A plain Cauchy–Schwarz bound loses a factor 1/βn1/\beta_n1/βn​ and gives nothing when βn→0\beta_n\to0βn​→0. Estimates (7.10) and (7.15) quantify how weak this dependence is, and they are where the hypotheses that σ\sigmaσ is invertible with bounded inverse and that nβn→∞n\beta_n\to\inftynβn​→∞ are needed. The discretization term needs the Lipschitz regularity of the limit laws in the label (Theorem 2.1(b)), itself a fixed-point estimate on a space of measure-valued maps.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses Mathlib's unitInterval for III, Fin d → ℝ with its sup norm for Rd\mathbb R^dRd (all constants are existential, so the choice of norm does not matter), time ℝ≥0, and the path space Cd\mathcal C_dCd​ as continuous maps on [0,T][0,T][0,T] with the sup norm. Brownian motions, Itô integrals and Itô processes are those of the published Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic; Wasserstein distances are the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Particle iii is Lean's i : Fin n with label (i+1)/n(i+1)/n(i+1)/n.

Committed conventions:

  • A solution of (4.2) has continuous paths, AE-measurable path maps, and path laws in the class M\mathcal MM (measurable in uuu, bounded second moments); each XuX_uXu​ is a strong solution for the filtration of (Xu(0),Bu)(X_u(0),B_u)(Xu​(0),Bu​). A solution of (4.1) is a strong solution for the filtration of the edges, the initial states and the Brownian motions of the nnn labels.
  • The edges are {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued, symmetric, with the diagonal included, mutually independent over i≤ji\le ji≤j, and independent of the σ-algebra of the noise.
  • Condition 4.1(d) is required for n≥1n\ge1n≥1; the invertibility of σ\sigmaσ is that of a d×dd\times dd×d matrix; the intervals of Condition 2.3 are order-connected subsets of III.
  • Expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower Lebesgue integrals, so no expectation is silently 000 for a non-integrable integrand.

The solution predicates are not vacuous: the zero-coefficient system Xu(t)=Xu(0)X_u(t)=X_u(0)Xu​(t)=Xu​(0) satisfies both, Condition 4.1 and Condition 4.3 are satisfiable, and every statement quantifies over solutions rather than assuming the conclusion. The constant κ(q)\kappa(q)κ(q) is chosen after qqq and before nnn, so it cannot depend on nnn, and the bound is the paper's average over iii, not a weaker or a stronger form. At n=0n=0n=0 both sides of every rate are 000.

The paper's proofs are in its §5 (Theorem 2.1), §7.1 (Lemma 7.1, (7.10), (7.15)) and §7.3 (Theorem 4.2). Stochastic analysis at that level — Burkholder–Davis–Gundy and Rosenthal inequalities, Girsanov's theorem for these SDEs, Gronwall arguments for measure-valued fixed points — is mostly absent from Mathlib, and contributions of such infrastructure are welcome, as are proofs of any milestone.

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty, R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5):3587–3619, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1214/22-AAP1901
  • L. Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, AMS Colloquium Publications 60, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1090/coll/060
  • B. Bollobás, C. Borgs, J. Chayes, O. Riordan, Percolation on dense graph sequences, Ann. Probab. 38(1):150–183, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AOP478
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4):966–979, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
11 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin-Whitt Regime 1: Diffusion-Scaled Stationary Queue Lengths Have Expectations Bounded Uniformly in nResearch Paper

Motivation

Join-the-shortest-queue (JSQ) is the load-balancing rule in which each arriving job is sent to a server with the fewest jobs. It is a baseline in the design of server farms and data centers, and in the many-server Halfin–Whitt regime, where the load per server approaches one at rate 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​, it combines near-full utilization with vanishing waiting. Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (arXiv:1502.00999, 2015) proved that the suitably scaled JSQ process converges, over bounded time intervals, to a two-dimensional reflected diffusion; Mukherjee, Borst, van Leeuwaarden and Whiting (J. Appl. Probab. 53, 2016) gave the form of the result that Braverman quotes as Theorem 1. Process-level convergence over bounded time intervals says nothing about the stationary distribution. To conclude that the stationary distributions converge as well, one needs tightness of the scaled stationary distributions, uniformly in the number of servers nnn.

Braverman (arXiv:1801.05121, Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020) supplied this, together with positive recurrence of the diffusion limit. This mission formalizes the first of the two main results, Theorem 2, and the chain of lemmas the paper uses to prove it.

Setting

There are nnn identical servers, each with its own infinite buffer. Jobs arrive as a Poisson process of rate nλn\lambdanλ and service times are i.i.d. exponential with mean one. An arriving job joins a server with the fewest jobs, ties broken arbitrarily. The Halfin–Whitt regime is

λ=1−β/n,β>0 fixed.\lambda = 1 - \beta/\sqrt n,\qquad \beta > 0 \text{ fixed}.λ=1−β/n​,β>0 fixed.

For i≥1i \ge 1i≥1, QiQ_iQi​ is the number of servers with at least iii jobs. The process Q=(Q1,Q2,… )Q = (Q_1, Q_2, \dots)Q=(Q1​,Q2​,…) is a continuous-time Markov chain on

S={q∈{0,1,…,n}∞ ∣ qi≥qi+1, ∑iqi<∞}.S = \Big\{ q \in \{0,1,\dots,n\}^\infty \ \Big|\ q_i \ge q_{i+1},\ \textstyle\sum_i q_i < \infty \Big\}.S={q∈{0,1,…,n}∞ ​ qi​≥qi+1​, ∑i​qi​<∞}.

Its generator GQG_QGQ​ sends qqq to q+e(i)q + e^{(i)}q+e(i) at rate nλn\lambdanλ when q1=⋯=qi−1=n>qiq_1 = \dots = q_{i-1} = n > q_iq1​=⋯=qi−1​=n>qi​, and to q−e(i)q - e^{(i)}q−e(i) at rate qi−qi+1q_i - q_{i+1}qi​−qi+1​. The fluid-scaled coordinates are X1=(Q1−n)/n≤0X_1 = (Q_1 - n)/n \le 0X1​=(Q1​−n)/n≤0, the negative of the fraction of idle servers, and Xi=Qi/nX_i = Q_i/nXi​=Qi​/n for i≥2i \ge 2i≥2. The diffusion-scaled coordinates are nXi\sqrt n X_in​Xi​. Expectations E\mathbb EE are taken under a stationary distribution π\piπ of the chain.

The proof works with functions on Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞)\Omega = (-\infty, 0] \times [0, \infty)Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞) and with the first-order operator

Lf(x)=(−x1+x2−β/n)f1(x)−x2f2(x),Lf(x) = (-x_1 + x_2 - \beta/\sqrt n) f_1(x) - x_2 f_2(x),Lf(x)=(−x1​+x2​−β/n​)f1​(x)−x2​f2​(x),

where fif_ifi​ is the partial derivative in xix_ixi​, taken one-sided on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For each β>0\beta > 0β>0 there is a constant C(β)C(\beta)C(β) such that for all n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 with β<n\beta < \sqrt nβ<n​ and every stationary distribution,

E∣nXi∣≤C(β),  i=1,2,E∣nXi∣≤C(β),  i≥3.\mathbb E\big|\sqrt n X_i\big| \le C(\beta),\ \ i = 1, 2,\qquad \mathbb E\big|n X_i\big| \le C(\beta),\ \ i \ge 3.E​n​Xi​​≤C(β),  i=1,2,E​nXi​​≤C(β),  i≥3.

The constant depends on β\betaβ only, not on nnn, the stationary distribution, or iii.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 1: E GQf(Q)=0\mathbb E\,G_Q f(Q) = 0EGQ​f(Q)=0 whenever E∣f(Q)∣<∞\mathbb E|f(Q)| < \inftyE∣f(Q)∣<∞.
  2. Lemma 2: EQ1=nλ\mathbb E Q_1 = n\lambdaEQ1​=nλ and EQi=nλ P(Q1=⋯=Qi−1=n)\mathbb E Q_i = n\lambda\,\mathbb P(Q_1 = \dots = Q_{i-1} = n)EQi​=nλP(Q1​=⋯=Qi−1​=n).
  3. Lemma 3: the generator, applied to f(x1,x2)f(x_1, x_2)f(x1​,x2​), equals Lf(x)+(f2−f1)(x)λ1(x1=0)+ε(x)Lf(x) + (f_2 - f_1)(x)\lambda 1(x_1 = 0) + \varepsilon(x)Lf(x)+(f2​−f1​)(x)λ1(x1​=0)+ε(x) with an explicit remainder ε\varepsilonε built from second weak derivatives.
  4. Lemmas 5 and 6: the curve Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ) and the hitting time τ(x)\tau(x)τ(x) of the fluid model; existence and uniqueness, finiteness, derivative formulas and monotonicity in κ\kappaκ.
  5. Lemma 7 and Lemma 4: for κ>β\kappa > \betaκ>β, the explicit function f∗f^*f∗ of (4.14) solves
Lf(x)=−((x2−κ/n)∨0) on Ω,f1(0,x2)=f2(0,x2),Lf(x) = -\big((x_2 - \kappa/\sqrt n)\vee 0\big)\ \text{on } \Omega,\qquad f_1(0, x_2) = f_2(0, x_2),Lf(x)=−((x2​−κ/n​)∨0) on Ω,f1​(0,x2​)=f2​(0,x2​),

with f11∗,f12∗,f22∗≥0f^*_{11}, f^*_{12}, f^*_{22} \ge 0f11∗​,f12∗​,f22∗​≥0, vanishing second derivatives for x2≤κ/nx_2 \le \kappa/\sqrt nx2​≤κ/n​, and explicit upper bounds of order n/β\sqrt n/\betan​/β above that level. 6. (3.18): E((X2−κ/n)∨0)≤1βn(12+6κκ−β)P(X2≥κ/n−1/n)\mathbb E\big((X_2 - \kappa/\sqrt n)\vee 0\big) \le \frac{1}{\beta\sqrt n}\big(12 + \frac{6\kappa}{\kappa - \beta}\big)\mathbb P(X_2 \ge \kappa/\sqrt n - 1/n)E((X2​−κ/n​)∨0)≤βn​1​(12+κ−β6κ​)P(X2​≥κ/n​−1/n). 7. Theorem 2, (2.2): the i=1,2i = 1, 2i=1,2 half of the goal.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that in steady state the number of idle servers and the number of servers holding two or more jobs are O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) on average, and the number of servers holding i≥3i \ge 3i≥3 jobs is O(1)O(1)O(1) on average, uniformly in nnn. Combined with the process-level limit and the positive recurrence of the limiting diffusion (Theorem 3, the companion mission), it yields Proposition 1: the diffusion-scaled stationary distribution converges to the stationary distribution of the diffusion. This justifies the diffusion as a steady-state approximation for JSQ.

The method is the generator-comparison or Stein's-method approach: a Lyapunov function solving a first-order PDE for the fluid model, with explicit bounds on its derivatives. It applies to other many-server systems, and the paper is an example of that approach on an infinite-dimensional chain whose diffusion limit is two-dimensional.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. The work remaining is to formalize the known proof: the adjoint relation for a countable-state chain with bounded rates, the Taylor expansion of the generator, and the explicit analysis of f∗f^*f∗ through the fluid curves.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to bound P(Q1=⋯=Qi−1=n)\mathbb P(Q_1 = \dots = Q_{i-1} = n)P(Q1​=⋯=Qi−1​=n) in Lemma 2 directly. The paper notes that no good handle on these probabilities exists. The PDE route needs a solution whose second derivatives are bounded by O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​). General results that give such bounds require a continuous fluid vector field, and the JSQ fluid model is discontinuous because of the reflection at x1=0x_1 = 0x1​=0. So f∗f^*f∗ is constructed explicitly from the fluid paths, and its derivatives must be bounded by hand through the implicitly defined τ(x)\tau(x)τ(x) and ν∗(x1)\nu^*(x_1)ν∗(x1​).

A second difficulty is dimensional: the chain is infinite-dimensional while the PDE is two-dimensional, so the remainder of Lemma 3 contains a term with q3q_3q3​ that is controlled only by combining Lemma 2 with the monotonicity of f2∗f^*_2f2∗​.

Formalization scope

  • Model. States are functions ℕ → ℕ with 0-based indices: Lean q.1 i is the paper's qi+1q_{i+1}qi+1​, so the goal's "i≥3i \ge 3i≥3" is Lean index ≥2\ge 2≥2. Each state is bounded by nnn, nonincreasing and eventually zero. The generator genQ is the displayed formula on p. 6.
  • Stationarity. No process is constructed. A stationary distribution is a probability π\piπ on SSS satisfying global balance πGQ=0\pi G_Q = 0πGQ​=0, which characterizes stationarity for this chain with bounded rates. Such a π\piπ exists, since the chain is positive recurrent for λ<1\lambda < 1λ<1 (Bramson 2011), so statements quantifying over it are not vacuous. Expectations are sums against π\piπ. Lemma 1 keeps its integrability hypothesis, and all other expectations are of bounded functions.
  • Parameters. λ=1−β/n\lambda = 1 - \beta/\sqrt nλ=1−β/n​ with 0<β<n0 < \beta < \sqrt n0<β<n​, so that λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0; λ\lambdaλ is free in Lemmas 1–2. Constants are quantified as ∃C\exists C∃C after β\betaβ and before nnn.
  • Misprint. The printed Theorem 2 omits E\mathbb EE. Read as an almost-sure bound it is false, so the expectation version, which the paper proves, is the target.
  • Derivatives. Points of Ω\OmegaΩ are pairs in ℝ × ℝ. Partial derivatives are named functions asserted to be one-sided derivatives along coordinate lines (HasDerivWithinAt on Set.Iic 0 or Set.Ici 0). Weak second derivatives are a.e. derivatives of absolutely continuous functions, in integral form on compact intervals. A "solution" of the PDE whose derivatives are the junk values of a derivative operator is thereby excluded. The PDE needs genuine derivatives, and Lemma 7 is about the explicit f∗f^*f∗ of (4.14), not about an arbitrary function.
  • Fluid objects. ν∗,η∗\nu^*, \eta^*ν∗,η∗ are the components of the unique solution of (4.8). τ\tauτ is valued in WithTop ℝ, with ∞\infty∞ as ⊤, so a missing solution is never read as 000. f∗f^*f∗ is an if cascade, and Lemma 7 states the agreement of its branches. f∗f^*f∗ is defined by the closed form (4.14), not through the fluid model (4.1).
  • Not included. Lemma 9 (via the Lambert W function, which Mathlib lacks), the bootstrapping argument of App. A.4 (not a numbered result), Theorems 1 and 3, and Proposition 1.

Contributions of reusable infrastructure are welcome: the adjoint relation for countable-state chains with bounded rates, and FTC/Taylor lemmas for absolutely continuous first derivatives.

Selected references

  • A. Braverman, Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin–Whitt Regime, Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020; arXiv:1801.05121v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.05121
  • P. Eschenfeldt, D. Gamarnik, Join the Shortest Queue with Many Servers. The Heavy Traffic Asymptotics, arXiv preprint, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.00999
  • D. Mukherjee, S. C. Borst, J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden, P. A. Whiting, Universality of Load Balancing Schemes on the Diffusion Scale, J. Appl. Probab. 53, 1111–1124, 2016. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.jap/1481132840
  • M. Bramson, Stability of Join the Shortest Queue Networks, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21, 1568–1625, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1214/10-AAP726
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Oper. Res. 29(3), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems IV: Law of Large Numbers for Particle Systems on Percolated Not-So-Dense Graphs With nβₙ → ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Large networks are often modeled through a graphon, a measurable function that records how likely two labeled vertices are to interact. For interacting diffusions, this lets one ask whether a finite random network has a predictable population limit. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu study that question for graphon weighted systems, including graphs obtained by independently retaining potential edges with a sparsity parameter βn\beta_nβn​. Their not-so-dense regime allows βn\beta_nβn​ to decrease, provided the typical interaction scale nβnn\beta_nnβn​ diverges. Theorem 4.1 is the paper's law of large numbers for this regime; its two conclusions distinguish convergence of the population's empirical law from mean-square closeness of each particle to a coupled graphon limit. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023.

The authors present three main convergence results: continuity of the continuum graphon system in Section 2, a dense-system law of large numbers in Section 3, and the percolated-system law of large numbers in Section 4. Section 7 establishes the latter. The graphon and cut-metric framework used here follows the graph-limit treatment cited by the paper. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023; Lovász, 2012.

Setting

Let I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1]. A graphon is a symmetric measurable G:I2→[0,1]G:I^2\to[0,1]G:I2→[0,1]. The cut norm ∥W∥□\|W\|_\square∥W∥□​ measures the largest absolute integral of WWW over a measurable rectangle S×US\times US×U. A sequence of step graphons GnG_nGn​ approaches GGG when ∥Gn−G∥□→0\|G_n-G\|_\square\to0∥Gn​−G∥□​→0. The related operator norm ∥W∥∞→1\|W\|_{\infty\to1}∥W∥∞→1​ measures the effect of WWW on bounded measurable functions. Remark 2.1 says cut convergence implies convergence in this operator norm. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Remark 2.1.

Fix a dimension d≥1d\ge1d≥1 and horizon T>0T>0T>0. A label u∈Iu\in Iu∈I has an initial state Xu(0)∈RdX_u(0)\in\mathbb R^dXu​(0)∈Rd and an independent ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BuB_uBu​. The initial states are independent of each other and of the Brownian motions. The limiting graphon particle XuX_uXu​ is a continuous path whose drift averages b(Xu(s),x)G(u,v)b(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v) against the time-sss laws of all labels vvv, and whose diffusion matrix is σ(Xu(s))\sigma(X_u(s))σ(Xu​(s)). The time-sss law at label vvv is μv,s=L(Xv(s))\mu_{v,s}=\mathcal L(X_v(s))μv,s​=L(Xv​(s)). The family of path laws μu=L(Xu)\mu_u=\mathcal L(X_u)μu​=L(Xu​) is measurable in uuu and has uniformly bounded second moments. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, (4.2).

For nnn particles, label iii means i/ni/ni/n, with 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n. Each undirected edge weight ξijn=ξjin\xi^n_{ij}=\xi^n_{ji}ξijn​=ξjin​ is Bernoulli with mean βnGn(i/n,j/n)\beta_nG_n(i/n,j/n)βn​Gn​(i/n,j/n); diagonal weights are included. These edge variables are independent of the Brownian motions and initial states. The finite particle XinX_i^nXin​ uses the same initial state and Brownian motion as Xi/nX_{i/n}Xi/n​. Its drift is the sum of ξijnb(Xin,Xjn)\xi^n_{ij}b(X_i^n,X_j^n)ξijn​b(Xin​,Xjn​) divided by nβnn\beta_nnβn​; its diffusion is σ(Xin)\sigma(X_i^n)σ(Xin​). The coefficients bbb and σ\sigmaσ are bounded and Lipschitz, and σ(x)\sigma(x)σ(x) is invertible with uniformly bounded inverse. Initial laws have uniformly bounded second moments, 0<βn≤10<\beta_n\le10<βn​≤1, and nβn→∞n\beta_n\to\inftynβn​→∞. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Conditions 4.1–4.2.

Formalization targets

Let Cd=C([0,T];Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T];\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T];Rd), μn=n−1∑i=1nδXin\mu^n=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}\delta_{X_i^n}μn=n−1∑i=1n​δXin​​, and μˉ=∫Iμu du\bar\mu=\int_I\mu_u\,duμˉ​=∫I​μu​du. The main target, Theorem 4.1, first asserts convergence in probability in the weak topology on P(Cd)\mathcal P(\mathcal C_d)P(Cd​):

μn→Pμˉ.\mu^n\xrightarrow{\mathbb P}\bar\mu.μnP​μˉ​.

This uses Condition 2.2(a): on each of finitely many intervals covering III, the initial law varies continuously in Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​. If the graphon also satisfies Condition 2.2(b), its stated sectional continuity outside null sets, the theorem adds

1n∑i=1nE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2⟶0,∥x∥∗,T=sup⁡0≤s≤T∣xs∣.\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^{n}\mathbb E\|X_i^n-X_{i/n}\|_{*,T}^2\longrightarrow0, \qquad \|x\|_{*,T}=\sup_{0\le s\le T}|x_s|.n1​i=1∑n​E∥Xin​−Xi/n​∥∗,T2​⟶0,∥x∥∗,T​=0≤s≤Tsup​∣xs​∣.

The milestones record the paper's cut-to-operator observation, uniform coupling moments, the one-edge and two-edge estimates, the bound on the second interaction-error term, the quantitative coupling lemma, and the empirical law of large numbers for the independent limiting particles. The second displayed limit is conditional on 2.2(b); the first is not. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Theorem 4.1.

Significance

The first conclusion identifies the population-level limit even when the sampled network has a decreasing edge-retention probability. It gives a deterministic law on path space, rather than only a limit at one time. The second conclusion is stronger: it compares each finite particle with the limiting particle built from the same initial state and Brownian motion, averaged over all labels. This comparison is available when the extra graphon continuity assumption holds. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Theorem 4.1 and Remark 4.1.

The mathematical results were proved in the published paper. The present mission asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of its specified statements; the draft theorems themselves currently contain sorry. Reusable outputs would include the percolated-edge model, a path-law formulation of graphon diffusions, and estimates for random interactions that depend on the particle states they influence. The paper's proofs appear in Sections 5–7, with the sparse-system argument in Section 7. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023.

Difficulty

The edge variables are independent of the driving noise, but a particle's state depends on its incident edges. Therefore an expression such as E[ξijn∣Xjn−Xj/n∣2]\mathbb E[\xi^n_{ij}|X_j^n-X_{j/n}|^2]E[ξijn​∣Xjn​−Xj/n​∣2] cannot be factored into the edge mean times the error moment. The same dependence affects pairs of edges in the squared interaction sum. Equations (7.10), (7.14), and (7.15) quantify the discrepancy. A second difficulty is that cut convergence controls integrals against fixed bounded tests, while the dynamics and their path laws supply tests that vary with the system. The paper's regularity conditions and quantitative estimates are needed to connect those forms of control. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Sections 7.1–7.2.

Formalization scope

Lean represents III by Mathlib's unit interval, Rd\mathbb R^dRd by Fin d → ℝ, and continuous paths by maps from [0,T][0,T][0,T] into that vector space. The chosen vector and matrix norms are fixed sup-type norms; finite-dimensional norm equivalence preserves the limit statements and the estimates with existential constants. The horizon and dimension are explicitly positive. Particle index i : Fin n denotes the paper's (i+1)(i+1)(i+1)st particle, and empirical laws use positive sizes n+1n+1n+1 to avoid division by zero. Wasserstein distances use extended nonnegative reals, while nonnegative expectations use lower integrals.

The noise lives on one probability space. The continuum equation uses the natural filtration of its own initial state and Brownian motion. The finite equation uses the natural filtration of its edge array, sampled initial states, and Brownian motions. A solution carries a measurable continuous-path law family in the paper's class M\mathcal MM; this prevents a nonmeasurable pushforward or a default-zero integral from silently satisfying an equation. Edge symmetry, Bernoulli marginals, independence, and diagonal self-loops are explicit. The zero-coefficient system has a separate sorry-free Lean witness for both solution predicates, ruling out a vacuous solution concept.

The formalization uses the published Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic Itô interface and WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance definition. Contributions can prove the listed estimates, strengthen their reusable stochastic and measure-theoretic infrastructure, or connect this mission's local setting to the other graphon missions after their definitions are published. The auxiliary changed-measure particles of Section 7.1 are outside the initial milestone list. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Sections 4 and 7.

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty and R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Annals of Applied Probability 33(5):3587–3619, 2023. DOI.
  • L. Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, American Mathematical Society Colloquium Publications 60, 2012. DOI.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents 3: The Least-Cost Backward Rule Gives a Nondominated Schedule Minimizing Total Completion Time Under a Maximum-Cost BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many scheduling situations involve more than one decision maker sharing a resource. Two departments of a firm may share a machine shop, two clients may share a contractor, or two users may share a processor, and each cares only about how its own jobs are served. Agnetis, Mirchandani, Pacciarelli and Pacifici (Oper. Res. 52(2), 2004) introduced a systematic study of such two-agent scheduling problems. Their framework has two questions. The constrained problem asks for the best schedule for one agent among those that keep the other agent's cost below a bound. The Pareto problem asks for the schedules whose cost pair cannot be improved for one agent without hurting the other. The paper settles the complexity of these questions for the standard scheduling objectives and gave rise to a large literature on multi-agent scheduling (see the survey by Perez-Gonzalez and Framinan, EJOR 235, 2014).

This mission covers §5.2 of the paper: agent AAA minimizes the total completion time of its jobs, and agent BBB requires that the maximum of its jobs' regular costs stay below a bound QQQ.

Setting

Agent AAA owns jobs J1A,…,JnAAJ^A_1,\dots,J^A_{n_A}J1A​,…,JnA​A​ and agent BBB owns jobs J1B,…,JnBBJ^B_1,\dots,J^B_{n_B}J1B​,…,JnB​B​. Job JjJ_jJj​ has a processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0. All jobs are available at time 000 and are processed one at a time, without interruption, on a single machine. Because every objective here is nondecreasing in the completion times, the machine is never left idle, and a schedule σ\sigmaσ is simply a sequence of all nA+nBn_A+n_BnA​+nB​ jobs; the completion time Cj(σ)C_j(\sigma)Cj​(σ) of a job is the total processing time of that job and the jobs before it. Write PAP_APA​ and PBP_BPB​ for the total processing times of the two agents.

Agent AAA's objective is the total completion time ∑hChA(σ)\sum_h C^A_h(\sigma)∑h​ChA​(σ). Each BBB-job has a nondecreasing cost function fkBf^B_kfkB​, and agent BBB's objective is the maximum cost

fmax⁡B(σ)=max⁡kfkB(CkB(σ)).f^B_{\max}(\sigma)=\max_k f^B_k\bigl(C^B_k(\sigma)\bigr).fmaxB​(σ)=kmax​fkB​(CkB​(σ)).

Given a bound QQQ, a schedule is feasible for the problem 1∥∑CiA:fmax⁡B≤Q1\|\sum C^A_i : f^B_{\max}\le Q1∥∑CiA​:fmaxB​≤Q if fkB(CkB)≤Qf^B_k(C^B_k)\le QfkB​(CkB​)≤Q for every BBB-job, and optimal if it is feasible and minimizes ∑ChA\sum C^A_h∑ChA​ among feasible schedules. The instance is feasible if a feasible schedule exists. A schedule is nondominated if no schedule is at least as good for both agents and strictly better for one.

The paper solves the problem with a backward rule (Figure 1). Fill the sequence from the end. With τ\tauτ the total length of the jobs not yet placed, place last any unplaced BBB-job with fkB(τ)≤Qf^B_k(\tau)\le QfkB​(τ)≤Q. If there is none, place last a longest unplaced AAA-job. If neither exists, the instance is infeasible. The least-cost variant of §5.2.1 chooses, among the BBB-jobs, one minimizing fkB(τ)f^B_k(\tau)fkB​(τ) over all unplaced BBB-jobs. A B-block of a schedule is a maximal run of consecutive BBB-jobs.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7

On a feasible instance with nB≥1n_B\ge1nB​≥1, every schedule σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ produced by the least-cost variant, under any tie-breaking, satisfies

σ~ is optimal for 1∥∑CiA:fmax⁡B≤Qandσ~ is nondominated for (∑CiA, fmax⁡B).\tilde\sigma \text{ is optimal for } 1\|\textstyle\sum C^A_i : f^B_{\max}\le Q \quad\text{and}\quad \tilde\sigma \text{ is nondominated for } \bigl(\textstyle\sum C^A_i,\ f^B_{\max}\bigr).σ~ is optimal for 1∥∑CiA​:fmaxB​≤Qandσ~ is nondominated for (∑CiA​, fmaxB​).

The nondominance is the printed theorem; the optimality is how the paper introduces σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~, and rests on Theorem 5.5.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5.3: if some BBB-job JkˉBJ^B_{\bar k}JkˉB​ has fkˉB(PA+PB)≤Qf^B_{\bar k}(P_A+P_B)\le QfkˉB​(PA​+PB​)≤Q, some optimal schedule ends with JkˉBJ^B_{\bar k}JkˉB​ and no optimal schedule ends with an AAA-job.
  • Lemma 5.4: if every BBB-job has fkB(PA+PB)>Qf^B_k(P_A+P_B)>QfkB​(PA​+PB​)>Q, every optimal schedule ends with a longest AAA-job.
  • Theorem 5.5 (correctness): on a feasible instance every schedule of Figure 1 is optimal, and Figure 1 runs to completion exactly on feasible instances.
  • Lemma 5.6: all optimal schedules have the same partition of the BBB-jobs into B-blocks, and each B-block occupies the same time interval in all of them.

Significance

Theorem 5.5 shows that the constrained problem with total completion time against a maximum cost is solvable by sorting, in contrast to its weighted version, which the same section shows NP-hard. Lemma 5.6 describes all optimal schedules: they agree on the completion times of the AAA-jobs (up to permuting identical jobs) and on the B-blocks, and differ only inside each block. Theorem 5.7 turns this into a nondominated schedule. It is the building block for the Pareto problem 1∥∑CiA∘fmax⁡B1\|\sum C^A_i\circ f^B_{\max}1∥∑CiA​∘fmaxB​ of §11.2, where solving the constrained problem for a sequence of bounds enumerates the nondominated pairs.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The mission formalizes the statements and asks for their proofs. The proof of Theorem 5.7 invokes "the very same proof of Lawler's algorithm (Lawler 1973) restricted to 1∥fmax⁡1\|f_{\max}1∥fmax​", applied inside each B-block. Lawler's rule is a separate statement on the platform, LawlerPrec.MinMax.lawler_rule_optimal, currently open. A solver may prove it and adapt it, but the goal does not need it in that exact form.

Difficulty

The interchange arguments of Lemmas 5.3 and 5.4 are short. The obstacle is Lemma 5.6. Two optimal schedules can differ in which BBB-job is placed at each step, and in the order of AAA-jobs of equal length. The paper's argument compares the completion time of each AAA-job across two optimal schedules and shows it cannot move earlier. That needs the fact that a BBB-job finishing before an AAA-job could not have been placed at that AAA-job's completion time, which comes from applying Lemma 5.3 to a prefix of the schedule. Formalizing it requires restricting optimality to prefixes and sub-instances, which the bare sequence model does not provide. The tempting shortcut of proving Theorem 5.7 from Lawler's rule on the whole schedule fails, since the bound QQQ and agent AAA's objective change which jobs may be placed where; the reduction is only to one Lawler instance per block.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin nA ⊕ Fin nB (0-based). A schedule is a duplicate-free list of all jobs, with completion times from the published sequence model MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (Moore 1968 series), which this mission reuses. Processing times are real and strictly positive. Without positivity the second claim of Lemma 5.3 fails, because a zero-length BBB-job can sit anywhere. Cost functions are real-valued and nondecreasing, and QQQ is real (the paper's integer QQQ is a special case). Feasibility is stated job by job; fmax⁡Bf^B_{\max}fmaxB​ is a finite maximum and requires nB≥1n_B\ge1nB​≥1, which the goal assumes. Lemma 5.4 assumes nA≥1n_A\ge1nA​≥1, since "a longest AAA-job" presupposes one.

The paper's loose phrases are read as follows:

  • "the algorithm" is a property of a finished sequence. At position mmm, with the jobs at positions 0,…,m0,\dots,m0,…,m unplaced and τ\tauτ their total length, the job at mmm must be a choice the rule allows.
  • "Ties are broken arbitrarily" means that every sequence satisfying the rule is covered.
  • "no solution exists, STOP" leaves no allowed choice. Running to completion therefore means that some sequence satisfies the rule.
  • "the optimal schedule generated in this way" puts optimality into the goal as a conclusion, not a hypothesis.
  • "a longest A-job" is an AAA-job of maximal length; when several are tied, no statement fixes which one.
  • Nondominance quantifies over all schedules, not only those feasible for QQQ.
  • A B-block's interval runs from the earliest start to the latest completion of its jobs.

The running times of Theorems 5.5 and 5.8 (O(nAlog⁡nA+nBlog⁡nB)O(n_A\log n_A+n_B\log n_B)O(nA​lognA​+nB​lognB​) and O(nAlog⁡nA+nB2)O(n_A\log n_A+n_B^2)O(nA​lognA​+nB2​)) are not formalized. Nor is the claim (3) inside the proof of Lemma 5.6.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: feasibility of the instance is a hypothesis and not built into the rule, the rule constrains every position, and the goal asserts nondominance against all schedules.

Useful infrastructure includes interchange lemmas for the sequence model (moving one job to the end, swapping two jobs), restriction of a schedule to a prefix, and Lawler's rule for 1∥fmax⁡1\|f_{\max}1∥fmax​ on a fixed time window. The interchange lemmas and the prefix restriction are reusable across the whole two-agent series.

Selected references

  • A. Agnetis, P. B. Mirchandani, D. Pacciarelli, A. Pacifici, Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents, Operations Research 52(2), 229–242, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0092
  • E. L. Lawler, Optimal Sequencing of a Single Machine Subject to Precedence Constraints, Management Science 19(5), 544–546, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.19.5.544
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1), 102–109, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • R. L. Graham, E. L. Lawler, J. K. Lenstra, A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, Optimization and Approximation in Deterministic Sequencing and Scheduling: A Survey, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 5, 287–326, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-5060(08)70356-X
  • P. Perez-Gonzalez, J. M. Framinan, A common framework and taxonomy for multicriteria scheduling problems with interfering and competing jobs: Multi-agent scheduling problems, European Journal of Operational Research 235(1), 1–16, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2013.09.017
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Cubic Regularisation Methods for Unconstrained Optimization. Part II: Worst-Case Function- and Derivative-Evaluation Complexity 3: ARC(S) Reaches −λ_min(QᵀBQ) ≤ ε in O(ε^(−3)) IterationsResearch Paper

Second-order worst-case complexity of cubic regularisation

Unconstrained minimization of a smooth nonconvex function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is the core subproblem of most nonlinear optimization software. Methods that only drive the gradient to zero may stall at saddle points, so a second-order guarantee (approximately nonnegative curvature) is the natural target for nonconvex problems. Worst-case evaluation complexity, meaning the number of function and derivative evaluations needed to reach a prescribed accuracy, is the standard way to compare such methods.

Timeline:

  • 1981. Griewank, in an unpublished report, proposed globally minimizing a cubic regularisation of the second-order Taylor model to obtain an affine-invariant Newton method converging to second-order critical points.
  • 2006. Nesterov and Polyak (Math. Program. 108) proved that, when the Hessian is globally Lipschitz and the step is the exact global minimizer of the cubic model with the exact Hessian, their method reaches approximate first-order criticality in O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) iterations and approximate second-order criticality in O(ϵ−3)O(\epsilon^{-3})O(ϵ−3).
  • 2009–2011. Cartis, Gould and Toint introduced the Adaptive Regularisation with Cubics (ARC) framework (Part I, Math. Program. 127). It uses an adaptive weight, an approximate Hessian and inexact subspace minimization. In Part II (Math. Program. 130) they proved that its second-order variant ARC(S) matches the Nesterov–Polyak orders under these weaker requirements.

This mission formalizes the second-order bound of Part II, Corollary 5.4.

Setting

Write g(x)=∇f(x)g(x)=\nabla f(x)g(x)=∇f(x) and H(x)=∇2f(x)H(x)=\nabla^2 f(x)H(x)=∇2f(x), and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ be the Euclidean norm. At iterate xkx_kxk​, given a symmetric operator BkB_kBk​ (an approximation of H(xk)H(x_k)H(xk​)) and a weight σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, the cubic model is

mk(s)=f(xk)+s⊤gk+12s⊤Bks+13σk∥s∥3.m_k(s)=f(x_k)+s^\top g_k+\tfrac12 s^\top B_ks+\tfrac13\sigma_k\|s\|^3 .mk​(s)=f(xk​)+s⊤gk​+21​s⊤Bk​s+31​σk​∥s∥3.

Algorithm ARC computes a step sks_ksk​ that decreases mkm_kmk​ at least as much as the best step along −gk-g_k−gk​ (the Cauchy condition). It then forms the ratio ρk=(f(xk)−f(xk+sk))/(f(xk)−mk(sk))\rho_k=(f(x_k)-f(x_k+s_k))/(f(x_k)-m_k(s_k))ρk​=(f(xk​)−f(xk​+sk​))/(f(xk​)−mk​(sk​)). If ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​ it accepts the step, xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​, and the iteration is successful; otherwise xk+1=xkx_{k+1}=x_kxk+1​=xk​. Finally it updates σk+1\sigma_{k+1}σk+1​: it may shrink after a very successful step (ρk>η2\rho_k>\eta_2ρk​>η2​) and grows by a factor in [γ1,γ2][\gamma_1,\gamma_2][γ1​,γ2​] after an unsuccessful one. The parameters satisfy γ2≥γ1>1\gamma_2\ge\gamma_1>1γ2​≥γ1​>1, 1>η2≥η1>01>\eta_2\ge\eta_1>01>η2​≥η1​>0 and σ0>0\sigma_0>0σ0​>0.

ARC(S) further requires

gk⊤sk+sk⊤Bksk+σk∥sk∥3=0,sk⊤Bksk+σk∥sk∥3≥0,g_k^\top s_k+s_k^\top B_ks_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|^3=0,\qquad s_k^\top B_ks_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|^3\ge0,gk⊤​sk​+sk⊤​Bk​sk​+σk​∥sk​∥3=0,sk⊤​Bk​sk​+σk​∥sk​∥3≥0,

and the inner termination rule TC.s, ∥∇smk(sk)∥≤κθmin⁡(1,∥sk∥)∥gk∥\|\nabla_s m_k(s_k)\|\le\kappa_\theta\min(1,\|s_k\|)\|g_k\|∥∇s​mk​(sk​)∥≤κθ​min(1,∥sk​∥)∥gk​∥ with κθ∈(0,1)\kappa_\theta\in(0,1)κθ​∈(0,1). In Corollary 5.4 each step is moreover a global minimizer of mkm_kmk​ over a subspace Lk\mathcal L_kLk​ spanned by the orthonormal columns of a matrix QkQ_kQk​. The curvature measure is the leftmost eigenvalue

λk=λmin⁡(Qk⊤BkQk)=min⁡{v⊤Bkv:v∈Lk, ∥v∥=1}.\lambda_k=\lambda_{\min}(Q_k^\top B_kQ_k)=\min\{v^\top B_kv: v\in\mathcal L_k,\ \|v\|=1\}.λk​=λmin​(Qk⊤​Bk​Qk​)=min{v⊤Bk​v:v∈Lk​, ∥v∥=1}.

The assumptions are:

  • AF.3: f∈C2f\in C^2f∈C2;
  • AF.4: ggg is κH\kappa_HκH​-Lipschitz on an open convex set containing the iterates;
  • AF.6: HHH is LLL-Lipschitz on Rn\mathbb R^nRn;
  • AM.4: ∥(H(xk)−Bk)sk∥≤C∥sk∥2\|(H(x_k)-B_k)s_k\|\le C\|s_k\|^2∥(H(xk​)−Bk​)sk​∥≤C∥sk​∥2;
  • f(xk)≥flowf(x_k)\ge f_{\rm low}f(xk​)≥flow​ for all kkk;
  • σk≥σmin⁡>0\sigma_k\ge\sigma_{\min}>0σk​≥σmin​>0 for all kkk;
  • the standing assumption mk(sk)<f(xk)m_k(s_k)<f(x_k)mk​(sk​)<f(xk​) for every kkk (the paper's (2.6)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5.4

Let

L0=max⁡(σ0,32γ2(C+L)),αcurv=σmin⁡6L03,κcurv=f(x0)−flowη1αcurv,L_0=\max\big(\sigma_0,\tfrac32\gamma_2(C+L)\big),\quad \alpha_{\rm curv}=\frac{\sigma_{\min}}{6L_0^3},\quad \kappa_{\rm curv}=\frac{f(x_0)-f_{\rm low}}{\eta_1\alpha_{\rm curv}},L0​=max(σ0​,23​γ2​(C+L)),αcurv​=6L03​σmin​​,κcurv​=η1​αcurv​f(x0​)−flow​​, κSu=log⁡(L0/σmin⁡)log⁡γ1,κcurvt=(1+κSu)κcurv+κSu.\kappa^u_S=\frac{\log(L_0/\sigma_{\min})}{\log\gamma_1},\qquad \kappa^t_{\rm curv}=(1+\kappa^u_S)\kappa_{\rm curv}+\kappa^u_S .κSu​=logγ1​log(L0​/σmin​)​,κcurvt​=(1+κSu​)κcurv​+κSu​.

For every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, the successful iterations with −λk>ϵ-\lambda_k>\epsilon−λk​>ϵ number at most

L2s=⌈κcurvϵ−3⌉.L^s_2=\lceil\kappa_{\rm curv}\epsilon^{-3}\rceil .L2s​=⌈κcurv​ϵ−3⌉.

Some iterate lll has −λl≤ϵ-\lambda_l\le\epsilon−λl​≤ϵ, and if −λk>ϵ-\lambda_k>\epsilon−λk​>ϵ for all k≤jk\le jk≤j, then at most L2sL^s_2L2s​ of the iterations 0,…,j0,\dots,j0,…,j are successful. When ϵ≤1\epsilon\le1ϵ≤1, every such jjj satisfies

j≤⌈κcurvtϵ−3⌉.j\le\lceil\kappa^t_{\rm curv}\epsilon^{-3}\rceil .j≤⌈κcurvt​ϵ−3⌉.

The constants are those printed in the paper.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  • Theorems 2.1 and 2.2 (generic counting bounds for ARC);
  • Lemma 4.1 (properties of a subspace minimizer);
  • Lemma 4.2 (model decrease 16σk∥sk∥3\tfrac16\sigma_k\|s_k\|^361​σk​∥sk​∥3);
  • Lemma 5.1 (σk≤L0\sigma_k\le L_0σk​≤L0​);
  • the displays (5.28), (5.29), (5.30) and (5.32) from the proof of the corollary.

Significance

The corollary gives an explicit, dimension-free bound of order ϵ−3\epsilon^{-3}ϵ−3 on the number of iterations, and function evaluations, that a practical second-order method needs to reach approximate nonnegative curvature in its subspaces of minimization. The order is the one Nesterov and Polyak proved under much stronger requirements: exact Hessians and exact global minimization over Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Taking Lk=Rn\mathcal L_k=\mathbb R^nLk​=Rn and Bk=H(xk)B_k=H(x_k)Bk​=H(xk​) recovers their second-order guarantee. Corollary 5.5 of the paper combines this bound with the first-order bound of Corollary 5.3 into a joint first- and second-order complexity bound.

All results here are proved in the paper (some by citation of Part I). None has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply:

  • the counting arguments of §2;
  • the characterization of global minimizers of a cubic model over a subspace (Lemma 4.1, whose proof is in Part I);
  • the Taylor-type estimate that bounds σk\sigma_kσk​ (Lemma 5.1).

The neighbouring missions of this series formalize the first-order bounds (Corollaries 3.4 and 5.3).

Difficulty

The counting arguments are elementary once the per-iteration estimates are available. The substantial step is Lemma 4.1. Global minimality over a subspace must be turned into the identity (4.1), the inequality (4.2) and positive semidefiniteness of Qk⊤BkQk+σk∥sk∥IQ_k^\top B_kQ_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|IQk⊤​Bk​Qk​+σk​∥sk​∥I. First-order stationarity of the reduced model gives only (4.1); the semidefiniteness needs the global characterization of minimizers of a nonconvex cubic, which a local second-order condition does not provide. Lemma 5.1 needs a third-order Taylor remainder bound under a Lipschitz Hessian. A second point of care is the bookkeeping between σk\sigma_kσk​ and σk+1\sigma_{k+1}σk+1​ in Theorem 2.1, where the printed hypothesis is one index short (see below).

Formalization scope

  • The space is Rn\mathbb R^nRn as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The gradient is Mathlib's gradient, the Hessian is fderiv ℝ (gradient f), and BkB_kBk​ are self-adjoint continuous linear operators with the operator norm.
  • The algorithm is a predicate on sequences (xk,sk,σk,Bk)(x_k,s_k,\sigma_k,B_k)(xk​,sk​,σk​,Bk​), not a function, because the step and the new weight are choices. The Cauchy condition is stated as mk(sk)≤mk(−αgk)m_k(s_k)\le m_k(-\alpha g_k)mk​(sk​)≤mk​(−αgk​) for all α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0. Successful means ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​, and the counts are cardinalities of filtered ranges.
  • λmin⁡(Qk⊤BkQk)\lambda_{\min}(Q_k^\top B_kQ_k)λmin​(Qk⊤​Bk​Qk​) is the Rayleigh-quotient infimum of BkB_kBk​ over unit vectors of Lk\mathcal L_kLk​, never the eigenvalue of BkB_kBk​ on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; for Lk={0}\mathcal L_k=\{0\}Lk​={0} Lean's empty infimum is 000. The subspace minimizer condition is sk∈Lks_k\in\mathcal L_ksk​∈Lk​ with mk(sk)≤mk(t)m_k(s_k)\le m_k(t)mk​(sk​)≤mk​(t) for all t∈Lkt\in\mathcal L_kt∈Lk​, and it is stated in addition to the ARC(S) conditions.
  • (2.6) is a hypothesis for every kkk; the paper assumes it "unless the algorithm terminates". Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 would otherwise classify a zero predicted decrease as unsuccessful.
  • "Takes at most NNN iterations to reach −λl2+1≤ϵ-\lambda_{l_2+1}\le\epsilon−λl2​+1​≤ϵ" is stated as: every jjj with −λk>ϵ-\lambda_k>\epsilon−λk​>ϵ for all k≤jk\le jk≤j satisfies the bound; the existence of a first iterate with −λl2+1≤ϵ-\lambda_{l_2+1}\le\epsilon−λl2​+1​≤ϵ, which the corollary asserts, is stated separately. The total count is stated as finiteness of the set together with a bound on its cardinality.
  • Correction. Theorem 2.1 is stated with σk≤σˉ\sigma_k\le\bar\sigmaσk​≤σˉ for k≤j+1k\le j+1k≤j+1 instead of the printed k≤jk\le jk≤j. The printed version fails for j=0j=0j=0 when iteration 000 is unsuccessful and σˉ=σ0\bar\sigma=\sigma_0σˉ=σ0​.
  • A formalization in which the subspace measure is replaced by λmin⁡(Bk)\lambda_{\min}(B_k)λmin​(Bk​), the subspace minimizer condition is dropped, or (2.6) is weakened to a vacuous hypothesis does not count as this result; nor does one in which the constants are replaced by an existential.
  • Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Lemmas 4.1, 4.2 and 5.1 are reusable for every cubic-regularisation development.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part II: worst-case function- and derivative-evaluation complexity, Math. Program. 130(2):295–319, 2011 (preprint rev. 15 Sep 2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0337-y
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part I: motivation, convergence and numerical results, Math. Program. 127(2):245–295, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108(1):177–205, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
  • A. Griewank, The modification of Newton's method for unconstrained optimization by bounding cubic terms, Technical Report NA/12, DAMTP, University of Cambridge, 1981.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Cubic Regularisation Methods for Unconstrained Optimization. Part II: Worst-Case Function- and Derivative-Evaluation Complexity 2: ARC(S) Reaches ‖g‖ ≤ ε in O(ε^(−3/2)) IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order methods for smooth nonconvex minimization are used in practice because they converge in far fewer iterations than gradient descent, yet for a long time their worst-case guarantee from an arbitrary starting point was no better than that of steepest descent. Nesterov and Polyak (Math. Program. 108, 2006) showed that adding a cubic term to Newton's quadratic model and minimizing that model globally at each step reaches a point with ∥∇f∥≤ϵ\|\nabla f\|\le\epsilon∥∇f∥≤ϵ in O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) iterations when the Hessian is Lipschitz, against O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) for steepest descent. Their analysis needs the exact Hessian and an exact global minimizer of a nonconvex model, both of which are too expensive in large-scale computation.

Cartis, Gould and Toint built the Adaptive Regularisation with Cubics (ARC) framework for that setting: the Hessian may be replaced by an approximation BkB_kBk​, the regularisation weight is adapted without knowledge of a Lipschitz constant, and the step only approximately minimizes the model over a subspace (in practice a Krylov subspace generated by the Lanczos method). Part I (Math. Program. 127, 2011) proved convergence and fast local rates. Part II (Math. Program. 130, 2011), the source of this mission, proved that the practical variant ARC(S) keeps the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) worst-case bound. Later work showed that this order is sharp for the method (Cartis, Gould & Toint, SIAM J. Optim. 2010) and cannot be improved by any method using derivatives up to second order (Carmon, Duchi, Hinder & Sidford, Math. Program. 2020).

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be twice continuously differentiable, with gradient g=∇fg=\nabla fg=∇f, Hessian H=∇2fH=\nabla^2 fH=∇2f, and Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. At iterate xkx_kxk​, with gk=g(xk)g_k=g(x_k)gk​=g(xk​), a symmetric operator BkB_kBk​ and a weight σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, the cubic model is

mk(s)=f(xk)+s⊤gk+12s⊤Bks+13σk∥s∥3.m_k(s)=f(x_k)+s^\top g_k+\tfrac12 s^\top B_k s+\tfrac13\sigma_k\|s\|^3 .mk​(s)=f(xk​)+s⊤gk​+21​s⊤Bk​s+31​σk​∥s∥3.

ARC (Algorithm 2.1) has parameters γ2≥γ1>1\gamma_2\ge\gamma_1>1γ2​≥γ1​>1, 1>η2≥η1>01>\eta_2\ge\eta_1>01>η2​≥η1​>0 and σ0>0\sigma_0>0σ0​>0. At each iteration it:

  1. chooses a step sks_ksk​ with mk(sk)≤mk(−αgk)m_k(s_k)\le m_k(-\alpha g_k)mk​(sk​)≤mk​(−αgk​) for every α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 (the Cauchy condition);
  2. computes ρk=f(xk)−f(xk+sk)f(xk)−mk(sk)\rho_k=\dfrac{f(x_k)-f(x_k+s_k)}{f(x_k)-m_k(s_k)}ρk​=f(xk​)−mk​(sk​)f(xk​)−f(xk​+sk​)​;
  3. accepts the step (xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​) if ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​, and otherwise sets xk+1=xkx_{k+1}=x_kxk+1​=xk​;
  4. picks σk+1\sigma_{k+1}σk+1​ in (0,σk](0,\sigma_k](0,σk​], [σk,γ1σk][\sigma_k,\gamma_1\sigma_k][σk​,γ1​σk​] or [γ1σk,γ2σk][\gamma_1\sigma_k,\gamma_2\sigma_k][γ1​σk​,γ2​σk​] according as ρk>η2\rho_k>\eta_2ρk​>η2​, η1≤ρk≤η2\eta_1\le\rho_k\le\eta_2η1​≤ρk​≤η2​ or ρk<η1\rho_k<\eta_1ρk​<η1​.

Iterations with ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​ are successful. Sj\mathcal S_jSj​ and Uj\mathcal U_jUj​ are the successful and unsuccessful iterations k≤jk\le jk≤j.

ARC(S) (Algorithm 4.1) additionally requires each step to satisfy

  • gk⊤sk+sk⊤Bksk+σk∥sk∥3=0g_k^\top s_k+s_k^\top B_ks_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|^3=0gk⊤​sk​+sk⊤​Bk​sk​+σk​∥sk​∥3=0 (4.1);
  • sk⊤Bksk+σk∥sk∥3≥0s_k^\top B_ks_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|^3\ge0sk⊤​Bk​sk​+σk​∥sk​∥3≥0 (4.2);
  • the termination rule TC.s: ∥gk+Bksk+σk∥sk∥sk∥≤κθmin⁡(1,∥sk∥) ∥gk∥\|g_k+B_ks_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|s_k\|\le\kappa_\theta\min(1,\|s_k\|)\,\|g_k\|∥gk​+Bk​sk​+σk​∥sk​∥sk​∥≤κθ​min(1,∥sk​∥)∥gk​∥, with κθ∈(0,1)\kappa_\theta\in(0,1)κθ​∈(0,1).

The assumptions are:

  • AF.4: ggg is κH\kappa_HκH​-Lipschitz on an open convex set containing the iterates, κH≥1\kappa_H\ge1κH​≥1;
  • AF.6: HHH is LLL-Lipschitz on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, L>0L>0L>0;
  • AM.4: ∥(H(xk)−Bk)sk∥≤C∥sk∥2\|(H(x_k)-B_k)s_k\|\le C\|s_k\|^2∥(H(xk​)−Bk​)sk​∥≤C∥sk​∥2, C>0C>0C>0;
  • (2.11): σk≥σmin⁡>0\sigma_k\ge\sigma_{\min}>0σk​≥σmin​>0;
  • (2.6): mk(sk)<f(xk)m_k(s_k)<f(x_k)mk​(sk​)<f(xk​) for every kkk;
  • f(xk)≥flowf(x_k)\ge f_{\rm low}f(xk​)≥flow​ for every kkk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5.3

With L0=max⁡(σ0,32γ2(C+L))L_0=\max(\sigma_0,\tfrac32\gamma_2(C+L))L0​=max(σ0​,23​γ2​(C+L)), κg=(1−κθ)/(12L+C+L0+κθκH)\kappa_g=\sqrt{(1-\kappa_\theta)/(\tfrac12L+C+L_0+\kappa_\theta\kappa_H)}κg​=(1−κθ​)/(21​L+C+L0​+κθ​κH​)​, αS=σmin⁡κg3/6\alpha_S=\sigma_{\min}\kappa_g^3/6αS​=σmin​κg3​/6, κSs=(f(x0)−flow)/(η1αS)\kappa^s_S=(f(x_0)-f_{\rm low})/(\eta_1\alpha_S)κSs​=(f(x0​)−flow​)/(η1​αS​), κSu=log⁡(L0/σmin⁡)/log⁡γ1\kappa^u_S=\log(L_0/\sigma_{\min})/\log\gamma_1κSu​=log(L0​/σmin​)/logγ1​ and κS=(1+κSu)(2+κSs)\kappa_S=(1+\kappa^u_S)(2+\kappa^s_S)κS​=(1+κSu​)(2+κSs​), the corollary has three parts:

  1. at most ⌈κSsϵ−3/2⌉\lceil\kappa^s_S\epsilon^{-3/2}\rceil⌈κSs​ϵ−3/2⌉ successful iterations have min⁡(∥gk∥,∥gk+1∥)>ϵ\min(\|g_k\|,\|g_{k+1}\|)>\epsilonmin(∥gk​∥,∥gk+1​∥)>ϵ;
  2. if ∥g0∥,∥g1∥>ϵ\|g_0\|,\|g_1\|>\epsilon∥g0​∥,∥g1​∥>ϵ, at most ⌈κSsϵ−3/2⌉+1\lceil\kappa^s_S\epsilon^{-3/2}\rceil+1⌈κSs​ϵ−3/2⌉+1 successful iterations precede the first l1l_1l1​ with ∥gl1+1∥≤ϵ\|g_{l_1+1}\|\le\epsilon∥gl1​+1​∥≤ϵ;
  3. if moreover ϵ≤1\epsilon\le1ϵ≤1, then
l1≤⌈κS ϵ−3/2⌉.l_1\le\left\lceil\kappa_S\,\epsilon^{-3/2}\right\rceil .l1​≤⌈κS​ϵ−3/2⌉.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof:

  • Theorem 2.1, (2.13) and (2.14): unsuccessful iterations bounded by successful ones;
  • Theorem 2.2: a uniform model decrease bounds the number of successful iterations;
  • Lemma 4.2: f(xk)−mk(sk)≥16σk∥sk∥3f(x_k)-m_k(s_k)\ge\tfrac16\sigma_k\|s_k\|^3f(xk​)−mk​(sk​)≥61​σk​∥sk​∥3;
  • Lemma 5.1: σk≤L0\sigma_k\le L_0σk​≤L0​;
  • Lemma 5.2: ∥sk∥≥κg∥gk+1∥\|s_k\|\ge\kappa_g\sqrt{\|g_{k+1}\|}∥sk​∥≥κg​∥gk+1​∥​ on successful iterations;
  • the displayed steps (5.20), (5.22) and (5.23) of the corollary's proof.

Significance

The corollary shows that inexact subspace minimization and approximate Hessians cost nothing in worst-case order. The bound is the same O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) count of iterations, function evaluations and gradient evaluations as for the exact cubic-regularised Newton method. It is the founding result of the evaluation-complexity theory of adaptive regularisation methods, and later results build on it: higher-order regularisation, constrained and stochastic variants, and the lower bounds showing that ϵ−3/2\epsilon^{-3/2}ϵ−3/2 is optimal for second-order methods.

The result is proved on paper; to the knowledge of this mission it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it fixes the exact hypotheses: the standing assumption (2.6), the Lipschitz set in AF.4, and the off-by-one in Theorem 2.1. It also yields reusable Lean statements of the counting arguments (Theorems 2.1 and 2.2) shared by every trust-region and adaptive-regularisation complexity proof.

Difficulty

The first idea is to bound the model decrease by ϵ3/2\epsilon^{3/2}ϵ3/2 directly from ∥gk∥>ϵ\|g_k\|>\epsilon∥gk​∥>ϵ. That fails: TC.s and the Taylor estimates bound the step length by the gradient at the next iterate, ∥gk+1∥\|g_{k+1}\|∥gk+1​∥, not by ∥gk∥\|g_k\|∥gk​∥. The count must therefore use min⁡(∥gk∥,∥gk+1∥)\min(\|g_k\|,\|g_{k+1}\|)min(∥gk​∥,∥gk+1​∥), and turning it into a bound on the first l1l_1l1​ with ∥gl1+1∥≤ϵ\|g_{l_1+1}\|\le\epsilon∥gl1​+1​∥≤ϵ needs care at the last iteration. The constant κg\kappa_gκg​ combines four sources of error: the Hessian approximation, the Lipschitz Hessian, the bound on σk\sigma_kσk​, and the inexact model gradient. The bound on σk\sigma_kσk​ itself (Lemma 5.1) needs a second-order Taylor estimate of fff along the step. Unsuccessful iterations do not decrease fff and are counted separately through the growth of σk\sigma_kσk​.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses the following conventions:

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ggg is gradient f and HHH is fderiv ℝ (gradient f);
  • BkB_kBk​ is a continuous linear operator with IsSelfAdjoint, and operator norms are Mathlib's;
  • runs of ARC and ARC(S) are predicates on the sequences x,s,σ,Bx,s,\sigma,Bx,s,σ,B, because the step and the new weight are choices;
  • the Cauchy condition is stated as mk(sk)≤mk(−αgk)m_k(s_k)\le m_k(-\alpha g_k)mk​(sk​)≤mk​(−αgk​) for all α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0;
  • TC.s uses the explicit model gradient gk+Bksk+σk∥sk∥skg_k+B_ks_k+\sigma_k\|s_k\|s_kgk​+Bk​sk​+σk​∥sk​∥sk​;
  • powers ϵ±3/2\epsilon^{\pm3/2}ϵ±3/2 are real powers and ceilings are integer ceilings.

Hypotheses and quantifiers:

  • (2.6) is a hypothesis for every kkk, the paper's standing assumption for ARC(S) (p. 12). It also rules out the junk value ρk=0\rho_k=0ρk​=0 that Lean's division by zero would give.
  • "At most NNN iterations before ∥gl1+1∥≤ϵ\|g_{l_1+1}\|\le\epsilon∥gl1​+1​∥≤ϵ" is stated as: every jjj with ∥gk∥>ϵ\|g_k\|>\epsilon∥gk​∥>ϵ for all k≤jk\le jk≤j satisfies j≤Nj\le Nj≤N. This also asserts that l1l_1l1​ exists.
  • Theorem 2.1 is posed with σk≤σˉ\sigma_k\le\bar\sigmaσk​≤σˉ for k≤j+1k\le j+1k≤j+1: the printed range k≤jk\le jk≤j makes it false at j=0j=0j=0.

The constants are written out exactly as printed; replacing them with "there is a constant" would trivialize the goal and is excluded. Contributions are welcome:

  • Taylor estimates under a Lipschitz Hessian on EuclideanSpace;
  • a general counting lemma behind Theorems 2.1–2.2.

Both are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part II: worst-case function- and derivative-evaluation complexity, Math. Program. 130(2):295–319, 2011 (preprint rev. 15 Sep 2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0337-y
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part I: motivation, convergence and numerical results, Math. Program. 127(2):245–295, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, On the complexity of steepest descent, Newton's and regularized Newton's methods for nonconvex unconstrained optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6):2833–2852, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090774100
  • Y. Carmon, J. C. Duchi, O. Hinder, A. Sidford, Lower bounds for finding stationary points I, Math. Program. 184:71–120, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-019-01406-y
  • Yu. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108(1):177–205, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs 2: With a Common Generating Function, a Looser Information Relaxation Gives a Weaker Dual BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic dynamic programs in operations research, such as inventory control with partially observed demand or the pricing of American options, are too large to solve exactly. A heuristic policy gives a lower bound on the optimal expected reward; to judge whether it is good enough one needs an upper bound. Brown, Smith and Sun (Oper. Res. 2010) build such bounds by information relaxation: let the decision maker see more than she would in reality, and charge a penalty for using the extra information. The construction generalizes the martingale duality for optimal stopping of Haugh and Kogan (Oper. Res. 2004), Rogers (Math. Finance 2002) and Andersen and Broadie (Manage. Sci. 2004).

In applications, the analyst chooses both the relaxation and the penalty, trading the quality of the bound against the cost of computing it. Proposition 2.3 of the paper collects four properties that govern this choice. The first is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P), and decisions are made in periods t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T. The natural filtration F=(F0,…,FT)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_0,\dots,\mathcal F_T)F=(F0​,…,FT​) records what is known in each period, with F0={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}F0​={∅,Ω}. An action sequence is a=(a0,…,aT)a=(a_0,\dots,a_T)a=(a0​,…,aT​), chosen from feasible sets At(a0,…,at−1)A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})At​(a0​,…,at−1​). Period rewards rt(a0,…,at)r_t(a_0,\dots,a_t)rt​(a0​,…,at​) are Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable random variables and the total reward is r(a)=∑trt(a)r(a)=\sum_t r_t(a)r(a)=∑t​rt​(a).

A policy is a map α:Ω→A\alpha:\Omega\to Aα:Ω→A from outcomes to feasible action sequences. It is adapted to a filtration G\mathbb GG if the period-ttt action is Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-measurable; AG\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}AG​ denotes these policies. A filtration G\mathbb GG with Ft⊆Gt⊆F\mathcal F_t\subseteq\mathcal G_t\subseteq\mathcal FFt​⊆Gt​⊆F for all ttt is a relaxation of F\mathbb FF, written F⊆G\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb GF⊆G. A penalty is a function z(a,ω)z(a,\omega)z(a,ω); it is dual feasible if E[z(αF)]≤0\mathbb E[z(\alpha_F)]\le0E[z(αF​)]≤0 for every αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​. For any relaxation G\mathbb GG and dual feasible zzz, the dual bound

sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)\big]αG​∈AG​sup​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)]

is at least the optimal value sup⁡αF∈AFE[r(αF)]\sup_{\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]supαF​∈AF​​E[r(αF​)] (weak duality, Lemma 2.1).

The paper's main source of penalties is Proposition 2.2. Given generating functions wt(a)w_t(a)wt​(a) depending only on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, set

zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft],z(a)=∑t=0Tzt(a).z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F_t],\qquad z(a)=\sum_{t=0}^T z_t(a).zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft​],z(a)=t=0∑T​zt​(a).

Such a penalty has zero mean along every nonanticipative policy, and its dual bound is computed by the backward recursion (10), the Bellman recursion with rewards rt−ztr_t-z_trt​−zt​ and conditional expectations given Gt\mathcal G_tGt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2.3(i)

For filtrations F⊆G1⊆G2\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb G^1\subseteq\mathbb G^2F⊆G1⊆G2 and one common sequence of generating functions (w0,…,wT)(w_0,\dots,w_T)(w0​,…,wT​), let ziz^izi be the Proposition 2.2 penalty of (Gi,w)(\mathbb G^i,w)(Gi,w). Then

sup⁡αG∈AG1E[r(αG)−z1(αG)]≤sup⁡αG∈AG2E[r(αG)−z2(αG)].(12)\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^1}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)\big]\le\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^2}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z^2(\alpha_G)\big].\qquad(12)αG​∈AG1​sup​E[r(αG​)−z1(αG​)]≤αG​∈AG2​sup​E[r(αG​)−z2(αG​)].(12)

With a common generating function, a looser relaxation gives a weaker bound.

Milestones

  1. Equation (10). For a Proposition 2.2 penalty under a relaxation G\mathbb GG, the expectation of the initial dual value function V0GV^{\mathbb G}_0V0G​ equals the dual bound.
  2. Proposition 2.3(ii). For dual feasible z1,z2z^1,z^2z1,z2 and one relaxation G\mathbb GG, the difference of the two dual bounds lies between inf⁡αGE[z2(αG)−z1(αG)]\inf_{\alpha_G}\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)]infαG​​E[z2(αG​)−z1(αG​)] and sup⁡αGE[z2(αG)−z1(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G}\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)]supαG​​E[z2(αG​)−z1(αG​)], eq. (13).
  3. Proposition 2.3(iii). For F⊆F′⊆G\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb F'\subseteq\mathbb GF⊆F′⊆G, the penalty zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft′]z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F'_t]zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft′​] still satisfies the conclusions of Proposition 2.2.
  4. Proposition 2.3(iv). If z^t(a)\hat z_t(a)z^t​(a) are unbiased estimates of the terms zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) of a dual feasible penalty, E[z^t(a)∣Gt]=zt(a)\mathbb E[\hat z_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]=z_t(a)E[z^t​(a)∣Gt​]=zt​(a), and the relaxation G^\widehat{\mathbb G}G additionally reveals the estimates, then the dual bound of (G,z)(\mathbb G,z)(G,z) is at most that of (G^,z^)(\widehat{\mathbb G},\hat z)(G,z^), eq. (14).

Milestone 1 is on the goal's path; milestones 2–4 are the remaining parts of the same proposition.

Significance

Proposition 2.3(i) tells the analyst how to read a weak bound. If a cheap generating function (for instance wt=0w_t=0wt​=0, the zero penalty) gives a satisfactory bound under some relaxation, it will give a bound at least as tight under any less informative relaxation that still contains F\mathbb FF; conversely, moving to a looser relaxation without improving the generating function can only weaken the bound. Part (ii) is a continuity statement: penalties close to the ideal penalty give bounds close to the optimal value. Part (iii) permits the subtracted conditional expectation to be computed under an intermediate filtration, which the paper uses when volatility is unobserved in its option-pricing example. Part (iv) is the justification for estimating penalties by nested simulation, as in the methods of Haugh–Kogan and Andersen–Broadie: unbiased estimates yield valid, if weaker, upper bounds.

The results are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To our knowledge none of them, nor the information-relaxation duality framework itself, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a usable theory of policies adapted to a filtration, penalties evaluated along random action sequences, and backward recursions with conditional expectations, all of which are reusable for other duality results in stochastic dynamic programming.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for (12) compares the two suprema policy by policy: AG1⊆AG2\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^1}\subseteq\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^2}AG1​⊆AG2​. This fails, because the two bounds use different penalties: for a fixed G1\mathbb G^1G1-adapted policy, E[z1(α)]\mathbb E[z^1(\alpha)]E[z1(α)] and E[z2(α)]\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha)]E[z2(α)] need not agree, so the larger policy set alone does not order the bounds. The penalty changes with the relaxation exactly so as to remove part of the value of the extra information, and the statement asserts that it never removes more than that information is worth. Even the representation (10) of a dual bound by a backward recursion is nontrivial: it requires near-optimal actions to be selected measurably in every period.

In Lean, the further difficulty is the composition of an action-indexed family of conditional expectations with a random action: ω↦zt(α(ω))(ω)\omega\mapsto z_t(\alpha(\omega))(\omega)ω↦zt​(α(ω))(ω), where each zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) is only defined almost surely. Countability of the action set is what makes this composite well defined up to null sets.

Formalization scope

Periods are Fin (T + 1); an action sequence is a function Fin (T + 1) → X for one countable action type X with the discrete σ-algebra (the disjoint union of the per-period action sets). Filtrations are Mathlib Filtrations of the ambient σ-algebra; a relaxation is 𝔽 ≤ 𝔾. Policies are maps Ω → (Fin (T + 1) → X) with values in the feasible set, adapted when each action is measurable for the corresponding σ-algebra. Conditional expectations are Mathlib's μ[f | m], so identities between them hold almost surely. Dual bounds are suprema in EReal over the adapted policy sets, so an infinite bound is represented and no junk value 000 arises from an unbounded supremum.

Pinned regularity, beyond the paper's text: period rewards and generating functions are uniformly bounded (almost surely for the latter) and measurable, so that every expectation exists; in part (iv), the estimates are measurable and uniformly bounded. In part (ii), the difference of two dual bounds is taken in EReal, and the case where both bounds are +∞+\infty+∞ (where the page's difference is undefined) is excluded.

The penalties z1,z2z^1,z^2z1,z2 of the goal are computed from www by the formula of Proposition 2.2; stating the goal for arbitrary penalties with Proposition 2.2's properties would be a different and false claim. Likewise G^\widehat{\mathbb G}G in part (iv) is constructed from G\mathbb GG and the estimates.

The definitions duplicate those of mission 1 of this series (the framework, the recursive model, the penalty construction); they are expected to be merged. Contributions of reusable lemmas about adapted policies over countable action sets and about backward recursions with conditional expectations are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. B. Brown, J. E. Smith, P. Sun, Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs, Operations Research, Articles in Advance, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0796
  • M. B. Haugh, L. Kogan, Pricing American Options: A Duality Approach, Operations Research 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0070
  • L. Andersen, M. Broadie, Primal-Dual Simulation Algorithm for Pricing Multidimensional American Options, Management Science 50(9), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0258
  • L. C. G. Rogers, Monte Carlo Valuation of American Options, Mathematical Finance 12(3), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.02010
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Steepest Descent, Newton's and Regularized Newton's Methods for Nonconvex Unconstrained Optimization Problems 2: Newton's Method Can Need ε^(−2+τ) Iterations to Reach ‖g‖ ≤ εResearch Paper

Motivation

Newton's method is the reference second-order method for unconstrained minimization of a smooth function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R. Near a nondegenerate local minimizer it converges quadratically, and in practice it often works well far from one. Its global behaviour on nonconvex functions is a different matter. The pure method may fail outright when the Hessian is singular or indefinite, and when every Hessian along the run is positive definite it is still not clear how fast the gradient goes to zero.

A natural question is how many iterations a method needs, in the worst case, to produce an iterate xkx_kxk​ with ∥∇f(xk)∥≤ε\|\nabla f(x_k)\|\le\varepsilon∥∇f(xk​)∥≤ε. For steepest descent on functions with a Lipschitz gradient the answer is known to be at most O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) (Nesterov 2004, p. 29). Cartis, Gould and Toint (SIAM J. Optim. 2010) showed that this bound is essentially sharp, and that Newton's method can be just as slow. A matching O(ε−3/2)O(\varepsilon^{-3/2})O(ε−3/2) bound holds for cubic regularization (Nesterov–Polyak 2006; Cartis–Gould–Toint 2011), so the Newton example separates plain Newton from its regularized variants in the worst case.

This mission is the second of three on that paper. It covers the Newton example of §3.

Setting

Work in the Euclidean plane R2\mathbb R^2R2, with coordinates [x]1,[x]2[x]_1,[x]_2[x]1​,[x]2​. For a twice continuously differentiable f:R2→Rf:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rf:R2→R write g(x)=∇f(x)g(x)=\nabla f(x)g(x)=∇f(x) for the gradient and H(x)=∇2f(x)H(x)=\nabla^2 f(x)H(x)=∇2f(x) for the Hessian, a symmetric linear operator on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with operator norm ∥H(x)∥\|H(x)\|∥H(x)∥.

At an iterate xkx_kxk​, Newton's method (in its simplest form) minimizes the quadratic model

mk(xk+s)=f(xk)+g(xk)Ts+12sTH(xk)s.m_k(x_k+s)=f(x_k)+g(x_k)^Ts+\tfrac12 s^TH(x_k)s .mk​(xk​+s)=f(xk​)+g(xk​)Ts+21​sTH(xk​)s.

The method is well defined when H(xk)H(x_k)H(xk​) is positive definite. The model then has a unique global minimizer sks_ksk​, characterized by H(xk)sk=−g(xk)H(x_k)s_k=-g(x_k)H(xk​)sk​=−g(xk​), and the next iterate is xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​ (the unit Newton step). A run of the method from x0x_0x0​ is a sequence (xk)k≥0(x_k)_{k\ge0}(xk​)k≥0​ satisfying these two conditions at every kkk.

The paper aims at the standard assumptions under which globalized Newton methods are provably convergent:

AS.1 fff is twice continuously differentiable, bounded below, and has bounded and Lipschitz continuous second derivatives along each segment [xk,xk+1][x_k,x_{k+1}][xk​,xk+1​].

Fix τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) and let η=τ/(4−2τ)\eta=\tau/(4-2\tau)η=τ/(4−2τ), so that 12+η=1/(2−τ)\tfrac12+\eta=1/(2-\tau)21​+η=1/(2−τ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Newton's method can need ⌊ε−(2−τ)⌋\lfloor\varepsilon^{-(2-\tau)}\rfloor⌊ε−(2−τ)⌋ iterations

For every τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) there exist f:R2→Rf:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rf:R2→R and a run (xk)(x_k)(xk​) of Newton's method on fff from x0=0x_0=0x0​=0 such that

  1. fff is twice continuously differentiable on R2\mathbb R^2R2 and bounded below, and sup⁡y∥H(y)∥<∞\sup_y\|H(y)\|<\inftysupy​∥H(y)∥<∞;
  2. there is one constant LLL with ∥H(y)−H(z)∥≤L∥y−z∥\|H(y)-H(z)\|\le L\|y-z\|∥H(y)−H(z)∥≤L∥y−z∥ for all y,zy,zy,z on a common segment [xk,xk+1][x_k,x_{k+1}][xk​,xk+1​];
  3. every step achieves the model value, f(xk+1)=mk(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})=m_k(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​)=mk​(xk+1​) (the paper's (3.8));
  4. for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,
∥g(xk)∥ ≥ (1k+1)12−τ;\|g(x_k)\|\ \ge\ \Big(\frac1{k+1}\Big)^{\frac1{2-\tau}};∥g(xk​)∥ ≥ (k+11​)2−τ1​;
  1. for every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) and every kkk, if ∥g(xk)∥≤ε\|g(x_k)\|\le\varepsilon∥g(xk​)∥≤ε then
k+1 ≥ ⌊1ε2−τ⌋.k+1\ \ge\ \Big\lfloor \frac1{\varepsilon^{2-\tau}}\Big\rfloor .k+1 ≥ ⌊ε2−τ1​⌋.

The goal fixes no constant: the bounds on the Hessian and its Lipschitz modulus are existential. The paper's explicit constants appear in the milestones.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's verification, in order:

  • the prescribed gradients satisfy the lower bound (2.3) (p. 6);
  • the prescribed data (xk,fk,gk,Hk)(x_k,f_k,g_k,H_k)(xk​,fk​,gk​,Hk​) of (3.2)–(3.4) satisfy the Newton conditions (3.6)–(3.8) (pp. 6–7);
  • ∣ψk∣∈(0,1)|\psi_k|\in(0,1)∣ψk​∣∈(0,1), the Hermite conditions (2.12)–(2.13) for the first-coordinate pieces pkp_kpk​ at αk=1\alpha_k=1αk​=1, and the bound (2.17) on pk′′p_k''pk′′​ (pp. 4–5, used on p. 7);
  • the interpolation conditions for the second-coordinate pieces qkq_kqk​, and ∣qk′′∣≤219|q_k''|\le219∣qk′′​∣≤219 (pp. 7–8);
  • the knot values (3.9)–(3.10) and the pieces pkp_kpk​, qkq_kqk​ on their intervals are nonnegative, so f2≥0f_2 \ge 0f2​≥0 (pp. 7–8);
  • the third derivative along each step is at most 858858858 (p. 9).

Significance

The result. Under the standard assumptions for which globalized Newton methods are known to converge, Newton's method can need nearly ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 iterations to reduce the gradient below ε\varepsilonε, the same order as the worst case of steepest descent. Hence no worst-case complexity bound better than O(ε−2+τ)O(\varepsilon^{-2+\tau})O(ε−2+τ) can be proved for Newton's method under those assumptions, for any τ>0\tau>0τ>0. The identity f(xk+1)=mk(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})=m_k(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​)=mk​(xk+1​) makes the example robust (§6): every iteration is very successful in a trust-region framework, and the unit step is accepted by a linesearch, so the trust-region and linesearch globalizations of Newton's method are equally slow on it. The contrast with the O(ε−3/2)O(\varepsilon^{-3/2})O(ε−3/2) bound for cubic regularization is what makes regularized Newton methods the better choice from the worst-case point of view.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but has no machine-checked proof that we know of. A formalization has to make several things precise that the paper treats briefly: the smooth extension of the construction to negative coordinates, the C2C^2C2 gluing of infinitely many polynomial pieces, the passage from bounded third derivatives to Lipschitz continuity of the Hessian along the path, and the counting step from the gradient bound to the iteration count. The result is closed mathematically; the open work is the formal proof.

Difficulty

There is no difficulty in writing down the iterates: the paper prescribes xkx_kxk​, f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​), g(xk)g(x_k)g(xk​) and H(xk)H(x_k)H(xk​) explicitly, and checking that they are consistent with Newton's method is algebra. The difficulty is to find one function fff on all of R2\mathbb R^2R2 that takes these values, gradients and Hessians at the iterates and keeps the global properties: twice continuously differentiable everywhere, bounded below, bounded Hessian, Lipschitz Hessian along the path.

The first attempt fails at the Lipschitz requirement. The one-dimensional steepest-descent example of §2 with unit steplength already is a run of Newton's method, since its second derivative equals 111 at every iterate, and its gradients decay at the required rate. But its third derivative grows linearly with kkk (p. 5), so its second derivative is not Lipschitz continuous along the path, and AS.1 fails. The iterates of that example get closer together while the curvature must still return to 111 at each of them. Any construction has to reconcile the slow decay of the gradient with a Lipschitz modulus of the Hessian along the path that does not grow with kkk. A Lipschitz constant on the whole plane is neither claimed nor available for the paper's construction.

Formalization scope

  • The plane is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 2). The gradient is gradient f, the Hessian is fderiv ℝ (gradient f), and its norm is the operator norm. Components are x 0 and x 1.
  • The run is part of the conclusion (∃ x), with positive definiteness at every iterate. It is not a hypothesis, so the statement cannot hold vacuously. The Hessian in the Newton rule is the true Hessian of fff, not a free sequence of matrices.
  • fff is required on all of R2\mathbb R^2R2; the paper builds it on the nonnegative quadrant and remarks that it extends.
  • Two choices are stronger than AS.1 as printed: the Hessian is bounded on all of R2\mathbb R^2R2, not only along the segments, and the Lipschitz constant along the segments is one constant for all kkk.
  • τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1): the paper says "for any τ>0\tau>0τ>0", but the construction needs τ<1\tau<1τ<1, and for ε<1\varepsilon<1ε<1 the cases τ<1\tau<1τ<1 imply the iteration bound for every τ>0\tau>0τ>0.
  • The count is posed as k+1≥⌊ε−(2−τ)⌋k+1\ge\lfloor\varepsilon^{-(2-\tau)}\rfloork+1≥⌊ε−(2−τ)⌋, counting the iterates x0,…,xkx_0,\dots,x_kx0​,…,xk​. Posed as k≥⌊ε−(2−τ)⌋k\ge\lfloor\varepsilon^{-(2-\tau)}\rfloork≥⌊ε−(2−τ)⌋ it is false: as printed, the paper's count is off by one.
  • Ruling out trivialization: the statement is existential in fff and in the run, and the run must satisfy Newton's rule with the true Hessian. Dropping positive definiteness, using a free matrix sequence, or replacing "≥\ge≥" in the gradient bound by a statement about one coordinate would each change the theorem.
  • Milestones are stated about explicit data: the prescribed values xk,fk,gk,Hkx_k,f_k,g_k,H_kxk​,fk​,gk​,Hk​ and the quintic pieces pk,qkp_k,q_kpk​,qk​, defined in two definition files. The goal does not mention them, and a solver may use any other construction.
  • Needed infrastructure: derivatives of polynomials, C2C^2C2 gluing of piecewise functions with matching values and first and second derivatives, convergence of ∑(k+1)−(1+2η)\sum (k+1)^{-(1+2\eta)}∑(k+1)−(1+2η), and the rpow identity 12+η=1/(2−τ)\tfrac12+\eta=1/(2-\tau)21​+η=1/(2−τ). The gluing lemma is reusable beyond this mission: missions 1 and 3 of the series use the same kind of construction.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, On the complexity of steepest descent, Newton's and regularized Newton's methods for nonconvex unconstrained optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2833–2852, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090774100 (preprint 15 Oct 2009 used here).
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • Yu. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108, 177–205, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part II: worst-case function- and derivative-evaluation complexity, Math. Program. 130, 295–319, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0337-y
  • J. E. Dennis, R. B. Schnabel, Numerical Methods for Unconstrained Optimization and Nonlinear Equations, Prentice-Hall, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971200
13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisControl TheoryDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Continuous-Time Average-Preserving Opinion Dynamics with Opinion-Dependent Communications 3: The n-Agent Model Approximates the Continuum Model Uniformly on Every Finite HorizonResearch Paper

Motivation

Bounded-confidence models describe a population of agents who repeatedly average their opinions with those of agents whose opinions are close to their own. They are used to study consensus and polarization in opinion formation, and in control as a primitive for decentralized rendezvous of mobile agents. Simulations of these models show a robust phenomenon: opinions converge to clusters, and the distances between clusters are typically close to twice the confidence radius rather than just above it. For finitely many agents this regularity has resisted proof.

V. D. Blondel, J. M. Hendrickx and J. N. Tsitsiklis (SIAM J. Control Optim. 48 (2010) 5214–5240) study a continuous-time version of the model in two forms: with nnn discrete agents, and with a continuum of agents indexed by [0,1][0,1][0,1]. For the continuum they prove that regular initial opinions converge to clusters whose separation obeys a lower bound depending on the cluster weights. To transfer such conclusions to finitely many agents one needs to know that the nnn-agent model is close to the continuum model when nnn is large. Section 4 of the paper proves this on every finite time horizon. This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Discrete agents. There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 agents with real opinions ξi(t)\xi_i(t)ξi​(t), t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Agents iii and jjj interact when ∣ξi−ξj∣<1|\xi_i-\xi_j|<1∣ξi​−ξj​∣<1. A solution of (2.1) is a continuous ξ:[0,∞)→Rn\xi:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb R^nξ:[0,∞)→Rn with

ξi(t)=ξi(0)+∫0t∑j: ∣ξi(τ)−ξj(τ)∣<1(ξj(τ)−ξi(τ)) dτ\xi_i(t)=\xi_i(0)+\int_0^t\sum_{j:\,|\xi_i(\tau)-\xi_j(\tau)|<1}\bigl(\xi_j(\tau)-\xi_i(\tau)\bigr)\,d\tauξi​(t)=ξi​(0)+∫0t​j:∣ξi​(τ)−ξj​(τ)∣<1∑​(ξj​(τ)−ξi​(τ))dτ

for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and all iii. The right-hand side is discontinuous when the interaction graph changes, so the integral form is used. A solution is proper if it is the unique solution from its initial value, its non-differentiability times have no accumulation point, and two agents that meet stay together.

Continuum agents. Agents are indexed by α∈I=[0,1]\alpha\in I=[0,1]α∈I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure. YYY is the set of bounded measurable functions I→RI\to\mathbb RI→R. For m,M>0m,M>0m,M>0, XmMX_m^MXmM​ is the set of nondecreasing x~\tilde xx~ with m≤x~(β)−x~(α)β−α≤Mm\le\frac{\tilde x(\beta)-\tilde x(\alpha)}{\beta-\alpha}\le Mm≤β−αx~(β)−x~(α)​≤M for β≠α\beta\ne\alphaβ=α; such x~\tilde xx~ are regular. The interaction operator is

L(x~)(α)=∫I1[∣x~(α)−x~(γ)∣<1] (x~(γ)−x~(α)) dγ,\mathcal L(\tilde x)(\alpha)=\int_I \mathbf 1\bigl[|\tilde x(\alpha)-\tilde x(\gamma)|<1\bigr]\,\bigl(\tilde x(\gamma)-\tilde x(\alpha)\bigr)\,d\gamma ,L(x~)(α)=∫I​1[∣x~(α)−x~(γ)∣<1](x~(γ)−x~(α))dγ,

and a solution of (3.2) from x~0\tilde x_0x~0​ is a measurable x:(α,t)↦xt(α)x:(\alpha,t)\mapsto x_t(\alpha)x:(α,t)↦xt​(α) with every xt∈Yx_t\in Yxt​∈Y and xt(α)=x~0(α)+∫0tL(xτ)(α) dτx_t(\alpha)=\tilde x_0(\alpha)+\int_0^t\mathcal L(x_\tau)(\alpha)\,d\tauxt​(α)=x~0​(α)+∫0t​L(xτ​)(α)dτ for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and all α∈I\alpha\in Iα∈I.

The embedding. For ξ∈Rn\xi\in\mathbb R^nξ∈Rn, G(ξ)G(\xi)G(ξ) is the step function with G(ξ)(α)=ξiG(\xi)(\alpha)=\xi_iG(ξ)(α)=ξi​ on [i−1n,in)[\frac{i-1}n,\frac in)[ni−1​,ni​) and G(ξ)(1)=ξnG(\xi)(1)=\xi_nG(ξ)(1)=ξn​. It distributes the nnn agents over nnn blocks of III of length 1/n1/n1/n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (finite-horizon approximation)

Let x~0∈XmM\tilde x_0\in X_m^Mx~0​∈XmM​, xxx the solution of (3.2) from x~0\tilde x_0x~0​, and for each n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let ξ⟨n⟩\xi^{\langle n\rangle}ξ⟨n⟩ be a proper solution of (2.1) with nondecreasing ξ⟨n⟩(0)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0)ξ⟨n⟩(0) and ∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0∥∞→0\|G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0))-\tilde x_0\|_\infty\to0∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0​∥∞​→0. Then for every TTT and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is n′n'n′ with

∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(t/n))−xt∥∞≤ε(t∈[0,T], n≥n′).\bigl\|G\bigl(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(t/n)\bigr)-x_t\bigr\|_\infty\le\varepsilon\qquad(t\in[0,T],\ n\ge n').​G(ξ⟨n⟩(t/n))−xt​​∞​≤ε(t∈[0,T], n≥n′).

The statement fixes no rate in nnn and no dependence of n′n'n′ on TTT; it asserts only uniform convergence on bounded time intervals.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1: for x~∈Xm\tilde x\in X_mx~∈Xm​ and y~∈Y\tilde y\in Yy~​∈Y, ∥L(x~)−L(y~)∥∞≤(2+8/m)∥x~−y~∥∞\|\mathcal L(\tilde x)-\mathcal L(\tilde y)\|_\infty\le(2+8/m)\|\tilde x-\tilde y\|_\infty∥L(x~)−L(y~​)∥∞​≤(2+8/m)∥x~−y~​∥∞​.
  2. Theorem 4, left inequality of (3.7): a solution from x~0∈XmM\tilde x_0\in X_m^Mx~0​∈XmM​ satisfies xt(β)−xt(α)≥me−t(β−α)x_t(\beta)-x_t(\alpha)\ge m e^{-t}(\beta-\alpha)xt​(β)−xt​(α)≥me−t(β−α) for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, α<β\alpha<\betaα<β.
  3. Proposition 4: for every ε,T>0\varepsilon,T>0ε,T>0 there is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that every solution yyy of (3.2) with ∥y0−x~0∥∞≤δ\|y_0-\tilde x_0\|_\infty\le\delta∥y0​−x~0​∥∞​≤δ satisfies ∥yt−xt∥∞≤ε\|y_t-x_t\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥yt​−xt​∥∞​≤ε on [0,T][0,T][0,T].
  4. Embedding (Section 4): if ξ\xiξ solves (2.1), then (α,t)↦G(ξ(t/n))(α)(\alpha,t)\mapsto G(\xi(t/n))(\alpha)(α,t)↦G(ξ(t/n))(α) solves (3.2) from G(ξ(0))G(\xi(0))G(ξ(0)).

Significance

The theorem says that the continuum model is the large-population limit of the nnn-agent model over any fixed time window. Combined with the paper's continuum convergence result (Theorem 6), it supports the paper's Conjecture 1 on intercluster distances for finitely many agents, and it is the first step of the paper's Proposition 5, which derives Conjecture 1 for random initial opinions from a stability conjecture for the continuum. It is a mean-field limit for a model whose interaction kernel is discontinuous, where standard Lipschitz mean-field arguments do not apply directly.

All four results and the goal are proved in the paper (with the time-scale correction described below). None of them has a machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. The formalization contributes a checked continuous-dependence estimate for a discontinuous integral equation, a checked statement that the finite-agent dynamics embed in the continuum dynamics, and a precise record of the time normalization under which the two models agree.

Difficulty

The operator L\mathcal LL is not Lipschitz on YYY: moving one opinion across the confidence threshold changes the interaction set discontinuously. The obvious Gronwall argument for continuous dependence therefore fails for two arbitrary solutions. It works only around a trajectory that stays in some Xm′X_{m'}Xm′​, where few agents sit near the threshold, which is why the lower slope bound must hold at every time and not only at time 000. The perturbed trajectory, coming from nnn agents, is a step function and is never regular, so the estimate must be one-sided in this sense.

A literal reading of the page also fails. The page writes G(ξ⟨n⟩(t))G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(t))G(ξ⟨n⟩(t)), but for α\alphaα in block iii the continuum interaction L(G(ξ))(α)\mathcal L(G(\xi))(\alpha)L(G(ξ))(α) equals 1n\frac1nn1​ times the discrete right-hand side of (2.1). With x~0(α)=α/2\tilde x_0(\alpha)=\alpha/2x~0​(α)=α/2 and ξi⟨n⟩(0)=x~0(i/n)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}_i(0)=\tilde x_0(i/n)ξi⟨n⟩​(0)=x~0​(i/n), both models are linear; at t=1t=1t=1 the sup distance between G(ξ⟨n⟩(1))G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(1))G(ξ⟨n⟩(1)) and x1x_1x1​ tends to e−1/4e^{-1}/4e−1/4. The discrete time must be rescaled by 1/n1/n1/n.

Formalization scope

Namespace BHTOpinion.Approx. Agents of the discrete model are Fin n (0-based); the continuum index set is Set.Icc (0:ℝ) 1 with Lebesgue measure. Opinion functions are ℝ → ℝ, of which only the values on III matter; trajectories are written x t α, time first, with time in ℝ and explicit t≥0t\ge0t≥0 guards. In 0-based form, G(ξ)(α)=ξmin⁡(⌊nα⌋,n−1)G(\xi)(\alpha)=\xi_{\min(\lfloor n\alpha\rfloor,n-1)}G(ξ)(α)=ξmin(⌊nα⌋,n−1)​ on III; for n=0n=0n=0 the definition returns 000, and every statement assumes n≥1n\ge1n≥1.

Explicit readings of the paper's phrases:

  • Sup norms are written pointwise over III, including α=1\alpha=1α=1: a bound at every α∈I\alpha\in Iα∈I, never a real supremum.
  • "lim⁡n→∞∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0∥∞=0\lim_{n\to\infty}\|G(\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0))-\tilde x_0\|_\infty=0limn→∞​∥G(ξ⟨n⟩(0))−x~0​∥∞​=0" is: for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is NNN such that the pointwise bound δ\deltaδ holds for all n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N.
  • "There exists n′n'n′" is an explicit ∃ n′\exists\,n'∃n′ with the bound for all n≥n′n\ge n'n≥n′, t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], α∈I\alpha\in Iα∈I.
  • "The solution xxx" of (3.2) is any solution from x~0\tilde x_0x~0​; the theorem holds for each.
  • "Proper initial condition, admitting a unique solution" is kept as printed: uniqueness from ξ⟨n⟩(0)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(0)ξ⟨n⟩(0), finitely many non-differentiability times on every bounded interval, agents that meet stay together.
  • Solutions of (2.1) and (3.2) require the time integrand to be integrable; Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 000.
  • The labelled correction: the discrete trajectory enters as ξ⟨n⟩(t/n)\xi^{\langle n\rangle}(t/n)ξ⟨n⟩(t/n) in the embedding claim and in Theorem 7. Equivalently, the page's statement holds for the weighted model (2.4) with weights 1/n1/n1/n; only the rescaled form is stated.
  • Only the left inequality of (3.7) is a milestone. The right inequality Me4t/mMe^{4t/m}Me4t/m is not used by Section 4.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the hypotheses are satisfied by x~0(α)=α∈X11\tilde x_0(\alpha)=\alpha\in X_1^1x~0​(α)=α∈X11​, the conclusion is not vacuous because GGG is evaluated at n≥1n\ge1n≥1 only, and the perturbed initial values y0y_0y0​ in Proposition 4 range over all of YYY, not over regular functions.

Infrastructure needed: Gronwall's inequality for a sup-norm difference, measure-theoretic bookkeeping for L\mathcal LL on step functions, and a change of variables τ↦τ/n\tau\mapsto\tau/nτ↦τ/n in interval integrals. The Lipschitz estimate on XmX_mXm​ and the slope bound are reusable for any continuum bounded-confidence model. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; the embedding milestone is independent of the other three.

Selected references

  • V. D. Blondel, J. M. Hendrickx, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Continuous-time average-preserving opinion dynamics with opinion-dependent communications, SIAM J. Control Optim. 48(8), 2010, 5214–5240. https://doi.org/10.1137/090766188
8 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents 8: When Both Agents Minimize a Maximum of Regular Costs, There Are at Most n_A·n_B + 1 Nondominated PairsResearch Paper

Motivation

In many production and service settings a single resource is shared by several parties, each judging the outcome only by how its own work is treated. Multi-agent scheduling studies this situation. Agnetis, Mirchandani, Pacciarelli and Pacifici (Oper. Res. 52(2), 2004) introduced the two-agent single-machine model in which two agents, A and B, each own a set of jobs and each minimize their own objective. Their paper treats two questions: the constrained problem, minimizing A's objective subject to a bound on B's, and the Pareto problem, describing every schedule that cannot be improved for one agent without hurting the other.

For the Pareto problem the first quantity of interest is the number of distinct trade-offs, because the natural way to compute the whole front is to solve the constrained problem repeatedly with a decreasing bound (the paper's scheme PP, Figure 4, p. 239). Enumeration of this kind is polynomial exactly when the number of nondominated pairs is polynomially bounded. This mission formalizes the paper's bound for the case where both agents minimize a maximum of regular cost functions (§11.1, pp. 239–240).

Setting

Agent A owns the jobs J1A,…,JnAAJ^A_1,\dots,J^A_{n_A}J1A​,…,JnA​A​ and agent B owns J1B,…,JnBBJ^B_1,\dots,J^B_{n_B}J1B​,…,JnB​B​, with nA,nB≥1n_A,n_B\ge1nA​,nB​≥1. Every job jjj has a processing time pj≥0p_j\ge0pj​≥0. All jobs are available at time 000. A schedule σ\sigmaσ is an ordering of all nA+nBn_A+n_BnA​+nB​ jobs; the machine processes them in that order from time 000 without idle time, so the completion time Cj(σ)C_j(\sigma)Cj​(σ) of a job is the sum of the processing times of the jobs up to and including it.

Each A-job carries a cost function fhA:R→Rf^A_h:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RfhA​:R→R and each B-job a cost function fkBf^B_kfkB​, all nondecreasing (regular). The agents' objectives are the maximum costs

fmax⁡A(σ)=max⁡hfhA(ChA(σ)),fmax⁡B(σ)=max⁡kfkB(CkB(σ)).f^A_{\max}(\sigma)=\max_{h} f^A_h\big(C^A_h(\sigma)\big),\qquad f^B_{\max}(\sigma)=\max_{k} f^B_k\big(C^B_k(\sigma)\big).fmaxA​(σ)=hmax​fhA​(ChA​(σ)),fmaxB​(σ)=kmax​fkB​(CkB​(σ)).

This covers the makespan and maximum lateness of each agent as special cases.

A schedule σ\sigmaσ is nondominated if no schedule σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ satisfies fmax⁡A(σˉ)≤fmax⁡A(σ)f^A_{\max}(\bar\sigma)\le f^A_{\max}(\sigma)fmaxA​(σˉ)≤fmaxA​(σ) and fmax⁡B(σˉ)≤fmax⁡B(σ)f^B_{\max}(\bar\sigma)\le f^B_{\max}(\sigma)fmaxB​(σˉ)≤fmaxB​(σ) with at least one inequality strict. The pair (yA,yB)=(fmax⁡A(σ),fmax⁡B(σ))(y^A,y^B)=(f^A_{\max}(\sigma),f^B_{\max}(\sigma))(yA,yB)=(fmaxA​(σ),fmaxB​(σ)) of a nondominated schedule is a nondominated pair, and the schedule corresponds to that pair. Write N\mathcal NN for the set of nondominated pairs. Different nondominated schedules can share a pair; the problem 1∥fmax⁡A∘fmax⁡B1\|f^A_{\max}\circ f^B_{\max}1∥fmaxA​∘fmaxB​ asks for N\mathcal NN, with one schedule per pair. Job aaa precedes job bbb in σ\sigmaσ if aaa comes before bbb in the ordering.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11.3, corrected (p. 240)

∣N∣≤nA nB+1.|\mathcal N|\le n_A\,n_B+1 .∣N∣≤nA​nB​+1.

The paper prints the bound nAnBn_An_BnA​nB​. It is off by one: with nA=nB=1n_A=n_B=1nA​=nB​=1, unit processing times and fA(t)=fB(t)=tf^A(t)=f^B(t)=tfA(t)=fB(t)=t, the schedules AB and BA give the two nondominated pairs (1,2)(1,2)(1,2) and (2,1)(2,1)(2,1). The goal states nAnB+1n_An_B+1nA​nB​+1, the bound the printed argument supports once the first schedule is counted.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 11.1 (p. 239). For nondominated pairs (yA,yB)(y^A,y^B)(yA,yB), (y~A,y~B)(\tilde y^A,\tilde y^B)(y~​A,y~​B) with yA<y~Ay^A<\tilde y^AyA<y~​A and yB>y~By^B>\tilde y^ByB>y~​B and for a fixed A-job JhAJ^A_hJhA​ and B-job JkBJ^B_kJkB​, there are corresponding nondominated schedules σ,σ~\sigma,\tilde\sigmaσ,σ~ such that if JkBJ^B_kJkB​ precedes JhAJ^A_hJhA​ in σ\sigmaσ, it does so in σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~.
  2. Lemma 11.2 (p. 240). The same, with one pair σ,σ~\sigma,\tilde\sigmaσ,σ~ serving every A-job and every B-job at once.
  3. The exchange claim (proof of Theorem 11.3, p. 240). Two nondominated schedules σ,σ~\sigma,\tilde\sigmaσ,σ~ with fmax⁡A(σ)<fmax⁡A(σ~)f^A_{\max}(\sigma)<f^A_{\max}(\tilde\sigma)fmaxA​(σ)<fmaxA​(σ~) and fmax⁡B(σ~)<fmax⁡B(σ)f^B_{\max}(\tilde\sigma)<f^B_{\max}(\sigma)fmaxB​(σ~)<fmaxB​(σ) differ in the relative order of at least one A-job and one B-job: some JhAJ^A_hJhA​ precedes some JkBJ^B_kJkB​ in σ\sigmaσ, and JkBJ^B_kJkB​ precedes JhAJ^A_hJhA​ in σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~.

Significance

The bound places 1∥fmax⁡A∘fmax⁡B1\|f^A_{\max}\circ f^B_{\max}1∥fmaxA​∘fmaxB​ among the two-agent problems whose Pareto front has polynomially many points. Combined with the polynomial algorithm for the constrained problem 1∥fmax⁡A:fmax⁡B≤Q1\|f^A_{\max}:f^B_{\max}\le Q1∥fmaxA​:fmaxB​≤Q (Theorem 4.1 of the same paper), it means the full front can be listed with polynomially many constrained solves. The structural content is an order statement: as the bound on agent B tightens along the front, B-jobs overtake A-jobs and never fall back, so each of the nAnBn_An_BnA​nB​ (A-job, B-job) pairs changes order at most once. The same question for other pairs of objectives is the subject of later work on multi-agent scheduling, collected in the monograph of Agnetis, Billaut, Gawiejnowicz, Pacciarelli and Soukhal (Springer 2014).

The result is published but, to our knowledge, has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it also fixes the printed off-by-one error in the statement. The overtaking lemmas are of independent use for other pairs of regular min-max objectives.

Difficulty

The obvious argument walks along the front and charges each step to one (A-job, B-job) pair that changes order. Two things must be secured. First, the charged pair must change order in a consistent direction; schedules corresponding to a pair are not unique, and nothing forces two arbitrary representatives of different pairs to agree on the order of the jobs they do not charge. Lemma 11.2 asserts that representatives can be chosen so that no B-job falls back behind an A-job, and establishing it requires control over every job pair simultaneously, not one at a time as in Lemma 11.1. Second, a step must change at least one order. The tempting proof looks at a B-job attaining yBy^ByB and argues that the jobs it overtakes include an A-job; this fails for an arbitrary choice of that B-job, since another B-job with a flatter cost function can be the one that moves. Finally, the count of reversals bounds the number of steps, not the number of pairs; the first pair has to be added.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin nA ⊕ Fin nB (Sum.inl h is Jh+1AJ^A_{h+1}Jh+1A​, Sum.inr k is Jk+1BJ^B_{k+1}Jk+1B​, 0-based). A schedule is a duplicate-free list containing every job, and completion times are prefix sums of processing times; this is the published sequence model MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (Moore 1968), reused as a reference item. Processing times are real and nonnegative; costs are real-valued and Monotone; nA,nB≥1n_A,n_B\ge1nA​,nB​≥1 so that both maxima exist. Nondominance compares against all schedules of all jobs. Precedence compares first positions in the list.

The count is over pairs, N⊆R2\mathcal N\subseteq\mathbb R^2N⊆R2, measured with Set.encard, so finiteness is part of the goal. Counting nondominated schedules instead would be a different and false statement: permuting jobs inside a block often leaves both maxima unchanged. The printed bound nAnBn_An_BnA​nB​ is replaced by nAnB+1n_An_B+1nA​nB​+1 and the reason is given in the goal's statement; stating a larger bound "to be safe" or the printed one would make the mission either weaker than the paper's argument or false. The scheme PP and the choice of ϵ\epsilonϵ in it are not formalized; they are the paper's computation device, not part of the theorem. In the exchange claim the paper's σ and σ̃ are schedules of consecutive pairs; the milestone states it for any two nondominated schedules with the two strict inequalities, which includes that case. Running times are not formalized.

A complete development needs elementary facts about completion times when one job is moved within a sequence, the simultaneous statement of Lemma 11.2, and a counting argument along the front. Contributions of reusable lemmas about job moves in the sequence model are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Agnetis, P. B. Mirchandani, D. Pacciarelli, A. Pacifici, Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents, Operations Research 52(2) (2004) 229–242. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0092
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1) (1968) 102–109. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • A. Agnetis, J.-C. Billaut, S. Gawiejnowicz, D. Pacciarelli, A. Soukhal, Multiagent Scheduling: Models and Algorithms, Springer, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41880-8
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing with Loss-Averse Consumers and Peak-End Anchoring: Every Optimal Price Path Converges Monotonically to a Steady State Set by the Initial Minimum PriceResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that change prices over time face customers who remember past prices. A large empirical literature in marketing documents reference price effects: demand depends not only on the current price but on how that price compares with a price the customer expects, and losses (prices above the reference) weigh more than gains of the same size, the loss aversion of prospect theory (Tversky and Kahneman 1991; Kalyanaram and Winer 1995). Most dynamic pricing models with reference effects form the reference price by exponential smoothing of past prices (Popescu and Wu 2007; Kopalle, Rao and Assunção 1996; Fibich, Gavious and Lowengart 2003).

Psychology suggests a different memory process. Under the peak-end rule (Kahneman et al. 1993), people evaluate a past sequence of experiences mainly by its most extreme and its most recent episode. Nasiry and Popescu (INSEAD Working Paper 2009/20/DS/TOM; published in Operations Research 59(6), 2011) build a dynamic pricing model in which the reference price is a weighted average of the lowest price seen so far and the last price, and characterize the firm's optimal long-run and transient pricing. This mission formalizes the core of that analysis: the steady states (Section 3.1) and the convergence of optimal price paths (Section 3.2).

Setting

A firm sets a price ptp_tpt​ in the price set P=[0,pˉ]\mathbf P = [0,\bar p]P=[0,pˉ​] in every period t=1,2,…t = 1,2,\dotst=1,2,…. The base demand d0d_0d0​ is non-negative, bounded, continuous and decreasing on P\mathbf PP, with d0(pˉ)=0d_0(\bar p) = 0d0​(pˉ​)=0, and the base profit π0(p)=p d0(p)\pi_0(p) = p\,d_0(p)π0​(p)=pd0​(p) is non-monotone and strictly concave (Assumption 1). With sensitivities λ≥γ>0\lambda\ge\gamma>0λ≥γ>0 to surcharges and discounts, demand at price ppp and reference price rrr is

d(p,r)=d0(p)−λ(p−r)++γ(r−p)+,d(p,r) = d_0(p) - \lambda(p-r)^+ + \gamma(r-p)^+,d(p,r)=d0​(p)−λ(p−r)++γ(r−p)+,

and the short-term profit is π(p,r)=p d(p,r)\pi(p,r) = p\,d(p,r)π(p,r)=pd(p,r). It equals min⁡(πλ,πγ)\min(\pi_\lambda,\pi_\gamma)min(πλ​,πγ​) of the two smooth profits πk(p,r)=π0(p)+k(r−p)p\pi_k(p,r) = \pi_0(p) + k(r-p)pπk​(p,r)=π0​(p)+k(r−p)p.

Given an initial minimum price m0m_0m0​ and last price p0p_0p0​, the minimum price evolves as mt=min⁡(mt−1,pt)m_t = \min(m_{t-1},p_t)mt​=min(mt−1​,pt​) and the peak-end reference price is

rt=θmt−1+(1−θ)pt−1,θ∈(0,1].r_t = \theta m_{t-1} + (1-\theta)p_{t-1},\qquad \theta\in(0,1].rt​=θmt−1​+(1−θ)pt−1​,θ∈(0,1].

With discount factor β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), the firm's value function is

J(m0,p0)=sup⁡pt∈P ∑t=1∞βt−1π(pt,rt).J(m_0,p_0) = \sup_{p_t\in\mathbf P}\ \sum_{t=1}^\infty \beta^{t-1}\pi(p_t,r_t).J(m0​,p0​)=pt​∈Psup​ t=1∑∞​βt−1π(pt​,rt​).

An optimal price path is a price sequence in P\mathbf PP attaining J(m0,p0)J(m_0,p_0)J(m0​,p0​); a steady state is a state (m,p)(m,p)(m,p), m≤pm\le pm≤p, from which the constant path pt≡pp_t\equiv ppt​≡p is optimal.

Two thresholds organize the answer. Let sss and SSS be the roots in P\mathbf PP of

π0′(p)−λ(1−β(1−θ))p=0(9),π0′(p)−γ(1−β)p=0(10),\pi_0'(p) - \lambda(1-\beta(1-\theta))p = 0 \quad (9),\qquad \pi_0'(p) - \gamma(1-\beta)p = 0 \quad (10),π0′​(p)−λ(1−β(1−θ))p=0(9),π0′​(p)−γ(1−β)p=0(10),

so that s≤Ss\le Ss≤S, and let R1=[0,s]\mathbf R_1 = [0,s]R1​=[0,s], R2=[s,S]\mathbf R_2 = [s,S]R2​=[s,S], R3=[S,pˉ]\mathbf R_3 = [S,\bar p]R3​=[S,pˉ​]. For m∈R1m\in\mathbf R_1m∈R1​, let pλ∗∗(m)p^{**}_\lambda(m)pλ∗∗​(m) be the root of

π0′(p)−λ(2−(1−θ)(1+β))p+λθm=0.(12)\pi_0'(p) - \lambda(2-(1-\theta)(1+\beta))p + \lambda\theta m = 0. \quad (12)π0′​(p)−λ(2−(1−θ)(1+β))p+λθm=0.(12)

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For every initial state (m0,p0)(m_0,p_0)(m0​,p0​) with m0≤p0m_0\le p_0m0​≤p0​ in P\mathbf PP, an optimal price path exists, and every optimal price path {pt}t≥1\{p_t\}_{t\ge1}{pt​}t≥1​ is monotone and converges:

pt⟶{pλ∗∗(m0),m0∈R1,m0,m0∈R2,S,m0∈R3.p_t \longrightarrow \begin{cases} p^{**}_\lambda(m_0), & m_0\in\mathbf R_1,\\ m_0, & m_0\in\mathbf R_2,\\ S, & m_0\in\mathbf R_3.\end{cases}pt​⟶⎩⎨⎧​pλ∗∗​(m0​),m0​,S,​m0​∈R1​,m0​∈R2​,m0​∈R3​.​

The limit depends only on the initial minimum price.

Milestones

In attack order: monotonicity of JJJ (Lemma 1); the identity π=min⁡(πλ,πγ)\pi=\min(\pi_\lambda,\pi_\gamma)π=min(πλ​,πγ​) and supermodularity of π\piπ (Lemma 2); the upper bounds J(m,p)≤Jmν(p)J(m,p)\le J^\nu_m(p)J(m,p)≤Jmν​(p) by smooth problems with one-dimensional state (Lemma 3); the unique steady state of each smooth problem (Lemma 4); two families of steady states (Lemma 5); the full set of steady states

{(m,pλ∗∗(m))∣m∈R1}∪{(m,m)∣m∈R2}\{(m,p^{**}_\lambda(m)) \mid m\in\mathbf R_1\}\cup\{(m,m)\mid m\in\mathbf R_2\}{(m,pλ∗∗​(m))∣m∈R1​}∪{(m,m)∣m∈R2​}

(Proposition 1); Claims 1–4 and the invariance of the regions (Proposition 2: pt≥m0p_t\ge m_0pt​≥m0​ when m0≤Sm_0\le Sm0​≤S, and mt≥Sm_t\ge Smt​≥S when m0≥Sm_0\ge Sm0​≥S); and Claim 5 (for p0>m0≥Sp_0>m_0\ge Sp0​>m0​≥S the price eventually falls to m0m_0m0​ or below).

Significance

The result gives a complete description of optimal pricing under peak-end anchoring with loss-averse consumers. A continuum of steady states exists, and the one reached is set by the remembered minimum price alone. A firm facing a low minimum price raises prices toward pλ∗∗(m0)>m0p^{**}_\lambda(m_0)>m_0pλ∗∗​(m0​)>m0​; with an intermediate minimum it settles exactly at that minimum; with a high minimum it cuts prices down to SSS and then holds them there. Optimal paths are monotone, so the model predicts no cyclical discounting under loss aversion. The comparison with Popescu and Wu (2007) in Section 3.3 of the paper and the robustness results of later sections (heterogeneous markets, non-linear reference effects) build on these statements.

The paper's results are proved on paper; none is formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked model of a non-smooth, two-dimensional dynamic program defined directly as a supremum over price sequences, the reduction of its steady states to smooth one-dimensional bounds, and the convergence theorem.

Difficulty

Both the per-period profit (through the kink at p=rp=rp=r) and the state transition (through min⁡(mt−1,pt)\min(m_{t-1},p_t)min(mt−1​,pt​)) are non-smooth, so neither the Euler equation nor standard concavity arguments for the value function apply directly. The Bellman objective need not be concave in the price, and the value function is not differentiable on the diagonal m=pm=pm=p. Supermodularity of π\piπ yields monotone optimal policies only within a region where the minimum price stays fixed, and showing that the state never leaves its initial region (Proposition 2) is itself a comparison of optimal paths against steady states. Existence of an optimal path is needed in its own right, because the value function is a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in PeakEndPricing.Convergence. Conventions fixed in Lean:

  • A price path is a sequence q:N→Rq:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rq:N→R with q(n)=pn+1q(n) = p_{n+1}q(n)=pn+1​; p0p_0p0​ is the initial last price. minPrice m0 q n is mnm_nmn​ and refPrice at index nnn is the reference price rn+1r_{n+1}rn+1​ faced by q(n)q(n)q(n).
  • JJJ and the value JmνJ^\nu_mJmν​ of the smooth Problem (8) are suprema over sequences in [0,pˉ][0,\bar p][0,pˉ​] of tsums, never "a solution of the Bellman equation". On the domain of the theorems all series converge and the families are bounded, so the junk values of ⨆ and ∑' are not reached.
  • Steady states of (7) and (8) are optimal constant paths; equations (11) and (12) appear only as conclusions.
  • The profit is defined by (4)–(5); π=min⁡(πλ,πγ)\pi = \min(\pi_\lambda,\pi_\gamma)π=min(πλ​,πγ​) is part of Lemma 2, not a definition.
  • Explicit hypotheses the paper uses implicitly: π0\pi_0π0​ is differentiable at every point of P\mathbf PP (for π0′\pi_0'π0′​ in (9)–(12)); m0,p0∈Pm_0,p_0\in\mathbf Pm0​,p0​∈P and m0≤p0m_0\le p_0m0​≤p0​ (the state space, p. 12); sss and SSS are given roots in P\mathbf PP of (9) and (10), and pλ∗∗(m)p^{**}_\lambda(m)pλ∗∗​(m) is represented as a root in P\mathbf PP of (12).
  • "The optimal path": the paper treats the optimal policy as single-valued. The goal asserts existence of an optimal path and states monotonicity and convergence for every optimal path; the claims and Proposition 2 are likewise stated for every optimal path.
  • Correction: the regions R‾1a\overline{\mathbf R}_{1a}R1a​ and R‾1b\overline{\mathbf R}_{1b}R1b​ printed on p. 11 have their inequalities swapped relative to their use in the proofs of Claims 1–2 and on p. 14. Claims 1 and 2 are stated with explicit inequalities, m0≤p0≤pλ∗∗(m0)m_0\le p_0\le p^{**}_\lambda(m_0)m0​≤p0​≤pλ∗∗​(m0​) and p0≥pλ∗∗(m0)p_0\ge p^{**}_\lambda(m_0)p0​≥pλ∗∗​(m0​), and the regions are not defined.
  • Monotonicity ("increasing", "monotonically") is weak throughout. The "in particular" sentence of Proposition 1 is read as comparative statics of the steady-state price p**_λ(m) for a fixed m ∈ R_1 (the reading of its proof on p. 45). Corollary 1 is not formalized.

A goal stated without the existence of an optimal path would hold vacuously if no path attained JJJ; existence is therefore part of the goal. Contributions are welcome on general infrastructure that is reusable beyond this mission: existence of optimal paths for discounted problems over compact action sets, the principle of optimality for sequence formulations, and Topkis-type monotonicity of optimal paths for supermodular objectives.

Selected references

  • J. Nasiry and I. Popescu, Dynamic Pricing with Loss Averse Consumers and Peak-End Anchoring, INSEAD Working Paper 2009/20/DS/TOM, 2009; Operations Research 59(6), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1110.0952
  • I. Popescu and Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3):413–429, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0383
  • D. Kahneman, B. L. Fredrickson, C. A. Schreiber and D. A. Redelmeier, When More Pain Is Preferred to Less: Adding a Better End, Psychological Science 4(6):401–405, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9280.1993.tb00589.x
  • A. Tversky and D. Kahneman, Loss Aversion in Riskless Choice: A Reference-Dependent Model, Quarterly Journal of Economics 106(4):1039–1061, 1991. https://doi.org/10.2307/2937956
  • G. Kalyanaram and R. S. Winer, Empirical Generalizations from Reference Price Research, Marketing Science 14(3):G161–G169, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.14.3.G161
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response: Decay-Balancing Prices Earn at Least One Third of the Optimal Expected Discounted RevenueResearch Paper

Pricing while learning demand

A vendor holding a finite stock of a product must set prices over time without knowing how many customers will come. Each price does two things: it earns revenue now, and through the sales it generates it reveals information about demand that improves future prices. This tension between earning and learning is central in revenue management with demand uncertainty, in retail markdown pricing, and in online selling. Optimal Bayesian policies for such problems are characterized by a Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation that has no closed-form solution, so practice relies on heuristics, and the question is which heuristics come with guarantees.

Farias and Van Roy introduced decay balancing and proved that, for exponentially distributed reservation prices and a Gamma prior on the arrival rate, it earns at least one third of the optimal expected discounted revenue, uniformly over all problem parameters (V. F. Farias, B. Van Roy, Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response, Operations Research 58(1):16–29, 2010, doi:10.1287/opre.1090.0729). They describe it as the first heuristic for problems of this type with a uniform performance guarantee. This mission formalizes that guarantee and the chain of results leading to it. The source is the authors' manuscript of January 20, 2009 (MIT DSpace); its printed page numbers coincide with the PDF page numbers, and all theorem and page numbers below refer to it.

The model

Customers arrive according to a Poisson process with rate λ\lambdaλ. Each has an independent reservation price with density fff and tail Fˉ(p)=1−F(p)\bar F(p) = 1-F(p)Fˉ(p)=1−F(p); a customer facing price ppp buys one unit if it is available and ppp is at most his reservation price, and otherwise leaves. The hazard rate is ρ(p)=f(p)/Fˉ(p)\rho(p) = f(p)/\bar F(p)ρ(p)=f(p)/Fˉ(p). Assumption 1 (p. 5) asks that fff be differentiable with support R+\mathbb R_+R+​ and that ρ\rhoρ be non-decreasing. The exponential law with mean rrr has Fˉ(p)=e−p/r\bar F(p) = e^{-p/r}Fˉ(p)=e−p/r.

The vendor starts with xxx units and a Gamma prior on λ\lambdaλ with shape aaa and rate bbb (density baλa−1e−λb/Γ(a)b^a\lambda^{a-1}e^{-\lambda b}/\Gamma(a)baλa−1e−λb/Γ(a), mean μ(z)=a/b\mu(z) = a/bμ(z)=a/b). After ntn_tnt​ sales the posterior is Gamma with at=a+nta_t = a+n_tat​=a+nt​ and bt=b+∫0tFˉ(ps) dsb_t = b+\int_0^t\bar F(p_s)\,dsbt​=b+∫0t​Fˉ(ps​)ds, so the state is z=(x,a,b)z = (x,a,b)z=(x,a,b). A policy π(x,a,b)≥0\pi(x,a,b)\ge0π(x,a,b)≥0 sets the price; the expected discounted revenue at rate α>0\alpha>0α>0 is

Jπ(z)=Ez,π[∑k: tk≤τ0e−αtkptk−],J∗(z)=sup⁡πJπ(z),J^\pi(z) = E_{z,\pi}\Big[\sum_{k:\,t_k\le\tau_0}e^{-\alpha t_k}p_{t_k-}\Big],\qquad J^*(z) = \sup_\pi J^\pi(z),Jπ(z)=Ez,π​[k:tk​≤τ0​∑​e−αtk​ptk​−​],J∗(z)=πsup​Jπ(z),

the supremum over all measurable non-negative policies. With λ\lambdaλ known, the same problem has value Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x). Assumption 2 (p. 9) asks that Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x) be differentiable in λ\lambdaλ.

Decay balancing uses the approximation J~(z)=E[Jλ∗(x)]\tilde J(z) = E[J^*_\lambda(x)]J~(z)=E[Jλ∗​(x)], λ∼Gamma(a,b)\lambda\sim\mathrm{Gamma}(a,b)λ∼Gamma(a,b), and posts the price πdb(z)\pi_{\rm db}(z)πdb​(z) solving the balance equation (5), p. 13,

Fˉ(πdb(z))ρ(πdb(z)) μ(z)=αJ~(z).\frac{\bar F(\pi_{\rm db}(z))}{\rho(\pi_{\rm db}(z))}\,\mu(z) = \alpha\tilde J(z).ρ(πdb​(z))Fˉ(πdb​(z))​μ(z)=αJ~(z).

The optimal price π∗(z)\pi^*(z)π∗(z) solves the same equation with J∗(z)J^*(z)J∗(z) in place of J~(z)\tilde J(z)J~(z). The constant

κ(a)=aΓ(a)Γ(a+1)−Γ(a+1,a)+aΓ(a,a),Γ(s,y)=∫y∞ts−1e−t dt,\kappa(a) = \frac{a\Gamma(a)}{\Gamma(a+1)-\Gamma(a+1,a)+a\Gamma(a,a)},\qquad \Gamma(s,y) = \int_y^\infty t^{s-1}e^{-t}\,dt,κ(a)=Γ(a+1)−Γ(a+1,a)+aΓ(a,a)aΓ(a)​,Γ(s,y)=∫y∞​ts−1e−tdt,

measures the cost of uncertainty for a prior of shape aaa.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 24)

For exponential reservation prices with mean r>0r>0r>0, every α>0\alpha>0α>0, x>1x>1x>1, a>0a>0a>0, b>0b>0b>0:

J∗(z)<∞andJπdb(z)J∗(z) ≥ 13.J^*(z)<\infty\qquad\text{and}\qquad \frac{J^{\pi_{\rm db}}(z)}{J^*(z)}\ \ge\ \frac13 .J∗(z)<∞andJ∗(z)Jπdb​(z)​ ≥ 31​.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Known-rate value. Lemma 2: Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x) is increasing and concave in λ\lambdaλ.
  2. Bounds and well-posedness. Lemma 3 gives J∗≤J~≤Jμ(z)∗(x)≤Fˉ(p∗)p∗μ(z)/αJ^*\le\tilde J\le J^*_{\mu(z)}(x)\le\bar F(p^*)p^*\mu(z)/\alphaJ∗≤J~≤Jμ(z)∗​(x)≤Fˉ(p∗)p∗μ(z)/α. Lemma 4 says the balance equation has a unique solution. Lemma E.6(2), with Theorems E.1–E.2, says the balance-price policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal.
  3. Normalizations. Lemma 5 rescales the discount rate and Lemma 10 rescales the mean reservation price.
  4. No-learning comparison. Lemmas 7 and 8, and Theorem 1: Jnl(z)≥Ja/b∗(x)/κ(a)J^{nl}(z)\ge J^*_{a/b}(x)/\kappa(a)Jnl(z)≥Ja/b∗​(x)/κ(a).
  5. Quality of the approximation. 1≥J∗(z)/J~(z)≥1/κ(a)1\ge J^*(z)/\tilde J(z)\ge1/\kappa(a)1≥J∗(z)/J~(z)≥1/κ(a), and κ\kappaκ is decreasing.
  6. Prices and revenues. Corollary 1: 1/(1+log⁡κ(a))≤πdb/π∗≤11/(1+\log\kappa(a))\le\pi_{\rm db}/\pi^*\le11/(1+logκ(a))≤πdb​/π∗≤1. Lemma 9: Jub≥J∗J^{ub}\ge J^*Jub≥J∗. Theorem 2: 1/(1+log⁡κ(a))≤Jπdb/J∗≤11/(1+\log\kappa(a))\le J^{\pi_{\rm db}}/J^*\le11/(1+logκ(a))≤Jπdb​/J∗≤1.
  7. Inventory. Lemma 12: J∗(x,a,b)≤2.05 J∗(x−1,a,b)J^*(x,a,b)\le2.05\,J^*(x-1,a,b)J∗(x,a,b)≤2.05J∗(x−1,a,b) for x>1x>1x>1, a>1a>1a>1.

Significance

Theorem 2 gives a guarantee that depends only on the coefficient of variation 1/a1/\sqrt a1/a​ of the prior. Theorem 3 removes even that dependence for exponential reservation prices: whatever the inventory, prior, discount rate and price scale, decay balancing loses at most a factor of three. The analysis also yields reusable facts about Bayesian pricing: knowing the rate helps (J∗≤J~J^*\le\tilde JJ∗≤J~), the decay-balance characterization of optimal prices, and comparison with a vendor who does not learn.

All results are proved in the source, using Dynkin's formula, an HJB verification argument (Appendix E) and a coupling of sales processes. None of them is machine-checked. The mission asks for a formal development of the known proofs.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 3 would chain Theorem 2 at the initial state. That fails because κ(a)\kappa(a)κ(a) blows up as a→0a\to0a→0, so for a diffuse prior Theorem 2 gives no constant bound. The paper instead compares the two systems only up to the first sale, after which the shape parameter is at least a+1>1a+1>1a+1>1. This needs two things: a coupling in which the optimal system never sells first, and Lemma 12, which bounds the value of one extra unit without a decreasing-returns property in xxx (none is known). Lemma 12 itself rests on a numerical inequality involving the Lambert WWW function.

At the foundational level, neither Mathlib nor the platform has a counting process whose intensity is a random rate times a state-feedback price. Defining JπJ^\piJπ and J∗J^*J∗ faithfully is part of the mission.

Formalization scope

  • Sales process. The process is built exactly in the b-clock. Given λ\lambdaλ, sales are a rate-λ\lambdaλ Poisson process in the variable bbb, so λ∼Gamma(a,b)\lambda\sim\mathrm{Gamma}(a,b)λ∼Gamma(a,b) and i.i.d. Exp(1)\mathrm{Exp}(1)Exp(1) clocks EjE_jEj​ give the bbb-values of the sales, Bj+1=Bj+Ej+1/λB_{j+1} = B_j + E_{j+1}/\lambdaBj+1​=Bj​+Ej+1​/λ. The real-time length of each stage is ∫dβ/Fˉ(π(⋅,β))\int d\beta/\bar F(\pi(\cdot,\beta))∫dβ/Fˉ(π(⋅,β)).
  • Values. Revenue is the sum over sales of the discounted pre-sale price (p. 6; the compensated-integral form of p. 7 is equal to it). Values and suprema live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. J∗J^*J∗ and Jλ∗J^*_\lambdaJλ∗​ are suprema over policies; they are never defined by the HJB equation or by the Lambert-WWW formula (2). Such a definition would trivialize the mission and is ruled out.
  • Policies. Policies are non-negative, measurable in (a,b)(a,b)(a,b), and Markov in zzz. π∗\pi^*π∗ and πdb\pi_{\rm db}πdb​ are the balance prices of p. 13, not "some optimal policy".
  • Prior and normalizations. The prior is a single Gamma, the case of §6; bbb is a rate. The general statements carry Assumptions 1 and 2. Statements are made for general α>0\alpha>0α>0 and r>0r>0r>0, as p. 18 claims, not under the normalizations α=e−1\alpha = e^{-1}α=e−1, r=1r = 1r=1.
  • Ratios. Ratio bounds are stated multiplicatively, together with finiteness of J∗J^*J∗. This rules out the vacuous reading J∗=∞J^* = \inftyJ∗=∞.
  • Added hypotheses and corrections.
    • Lemma 4 is false as printed at x=0x = 0x=0 (J~=0\tilde J = 0J~=0 while Fˉ/ρ>0\bar F/\rho>0Fˉ/ρ>0), so x≥1x\ge1x≥1 is added. Its location claim p≥p∗p\ge p^*p≥p∗ (proof, p. 35) is included.
    • Corollary 1 needs x≥1x\ge1x≥1, because the prices are undefined at x=0x=0x=0.
    • The logit halves of Corollary 1 and Theorem 2 are not stated: the logit family is never defined, contradicts Assumption 1, and comes with the rounded constant 1.27.
    • Lemma 9 uses general α\alphaα where p. 21 has α=e−1\alpha = e^{-1}α=e−1.
    • Lemma 2's "increasing" is strict for x≥1x\ge1x≥1.
    • Appendix E is represented by Lemma E.6(2), p. 47: the balance-price (greedy) policy attains J∗J^*J∗. The if-and-only-if of Theorem E.2 over all policies is not stated, since the generator HπH^\piHπ is not formalized.
  • Not included. The integrated form of Lemma 11 (the first-sale coupling bound) is not a milestone; it is the natural next target. Lemma 6, Appendix D and the Lambert-WWW identities are out of scope.

Reusable pieces are the Gamma–Poisson sales process in the b-clock, the incomplete Gamma function, and the known-rate pricing problem. Proofs of any milestone, of the p. 6 revenue identity, and of Assumptions 1–2 for the exponential law are welcome.

Related platform work in other models: Gallego–van Ryzin known-demand pricing (GVRPricing), Talluri–van Ryzin (RevenueManagement), Bitran–Caldentey (PricingRM.DetHeuristic), and the Bayesian bounds of Satia–Lave (SatiaLave.Bayes).

Selected references

  • V. F. Farias, B. Van Roy, Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response, Operations Research 58(1):16–29, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0729 (manuscript of January 20, 2009, MIT DSpace: https://dspace.mit.edu)
  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • V. F. Araman, R. Caldentey, Dynamic Pricing for Nonperishable Products with Demand Learning, Operations Research 57(5):1169–1188, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0669
  • P. Brémaud, Point Processes and Queues: Martingale Dynamics, Springer, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9477-8
20 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Steepest Descent, Newton's and Regularized Newton's Methods for Nonconvex Unconstrained Optimization Problems 1: Steepest Descent Can Need ε^(−2+τ) Iterations to Reach |g| ≤ εResearch Paper

Motivation

Steepest descent is the oldest method for unconstrained minimization: to minimize a smooth function fff, it moves from the current point xkx_kxk​ along the negative gradient −gk=−∇f(xk)-g_k = -\nabla f(x_k)−gk​=−∇f(xk​). It is the prototype of every first-order method, and its worst-case evaluation complexity — how many iterations it may need before the gradient norm drops below a tolerance ϵ\epsilonϵ — is the reference point against which faster methods are measured.

For a function that is bounded below and has a Lipschitz continuous gradient, steepest descent with a suitable step-length rule reaches ∥gk∥≤ϵ\|g_k\| \le \epsilon∥gk​∥≤ϵ within O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iterations (Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, 2004, p. 29). Whether this bound is tight on nonconvex problems remained open until Cartis, Gould and Toint (preprint 15 October 2009; SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010) built explicit one-dimensional examples showing that it is essentially sharp. The same paper shows that Newton's method can be as slow, and that the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound of cubically regularized Newton methods is also tight; those results are the other missions of this series.

Timeline:

  • 1983: Dennis and Schnabel, Numerical Methods for Unconstrained Optimization and Nonlinear Equations, Theorem 6.3.3 — global convergence of steepest descent with a Goldstein–Armijo linesearch under twice continuous differentiability, boundedness below and a Lipschitz gradient.
  • 2004: Nesterov's textbook states the O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iteration bound for gradient methods on nonconvex functions with Lipschitz gradient.
  • 2009/2010: Cartis, Gould and Toint construct, for every τ>0\tau > 0τ>0, examples on which steepest descent needs at least ⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋\lfloor \epsilon^{-(2-\tau)} \rfloor⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋ iterations.

Setting

Let f:R→Rf : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rf:R→R be twice continuously differentiable, bounded below, with a derivative f′f'f′ that is bounded and Lipschitz continuous. The paper calls these standing assumptions AS.0. Write g(x)=f′(x)g(x) = f'(x)g(x)=f′(x) for the gradient.

Steepest descent with step lengths (αk)k≥0(\alpha_k)_{k\ge0}(αk​)k≥0​ starts at x0=0x_0 = 0x0​=0 and sets

xk+1=xk−αk g(xk),k≥0.x_{k+1} = x_k - \alpha_k\, g(x_k), \qquad k \ge 0.xk+1​=xk​−αk​g(xk​),k≥0.

The step lengths are only required to lie in a fixed interval (condition (2.6))

0<α‾≤αk≤α‾<2.0 < \underline\alpha \le \alpha_k \le \overline\alpha < 2 .0<α​≤αk​≤α<2.

Such step lengths can be produced by a Goldstein–Armijo linesearch, which accepts a step when the decrease f(xk)−f(xk+1)f(x_k) - f(x_{k+1})f(xk​)−f(xk+1​) lies between a αk∣gk∣2a\,\alpha_k|g_k|^2aαk​∣gk​∣2 and b αk∣gk∣2b\,\alpha_k|g_k|^2bαk​∣gk​∣2 for fixed constants 0<a<b<10 < a < b < 10<a<b<1.

Fix τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1)τ∈(0,1) and put η=η(τ)=12−τ−12=τ4−2τ\eta = \eta(\tau) = \frac{1}{2-\tau} - \frac12 = \frac{\tau}{4-2\tau}η=η(τ)=2−τ1​−21​=4−2ττ​. The mission's definitions (namespace SlowConvergence.SteepestDescent) record the paper's prescribed data: iterates xk, steps sk, values fk, gradients gk=−(1/(k+1))12+ηg_k = -(1/(k+1))^{\frac12+\eta}gk​=−(1/(k+1))21​+η (gk), and the quintic pieces p with the quantities ψk\psi_kψk​, ϕk\phi_kϕk​, μk\mu_kμk​ of (2.11)–(2.15).

Formalization targets

Goal: steepest descent can need ⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋\lfloor \epsilon^{-(2-\tau)}\rfloor⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋ iterates

For every τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1)τ∈(0,1), every 0<α‾≤α‾<20 < \underline\alpha \le \overline\alpha < 20<α​≤α<2 and every step-length sequence with α‾≤αk≤α‾\underline\alpha \le \alpha_k \le \overline\alphaα​≤αk​≤α, there is fff satisfying AS.0 on all of R\mathbb RR on which the steepest descent run from x0=0x_0 = 0x0​=0 has

∣f′(xk)∣=(1k+1)12−τ(k≥0),hence∣f′(xk)∣≤ϵ<1  ⟹  k+1≥⌊1ϵ2−τ⌋.|f'(x_k)| = \Big(\frac{1}{k+1}\Big)^{\frac{1}{2-\tau}} \quad (k \ge 0), \qquad\text{hence}\qquad |f'(x_k)| \le \epsilon < 1 \;\Longrightarrow\; k+1 \ge \Big\lfloor \frac{1}{\epsilon^{2-\tau}} \Big\rfloor .∣f′(xk​)∣=(k+11​)2−τ1​(k≥0),hence∣f′(xk​)∣≤ϵ<1⟹k+1≥⌊ϵ2−τ1​⌋.

No constant (Lipschitz constant, gradient bound, lower bound) is fixed in the goal; only its existence is asserted.

Milestones

  1. (2.10) and (2.3): η>0\eta > 0η>0 and ∣gk∣=(1/(k+1))1/(2−τ)|g_k| = (1/(k+1))^{1/(2-\tau)}∣gk​∣=(1/(k+1))1/(2−τ).
  2. The Goldstein–Armijo remark (p. 4): for 2(1−b)≤αk≤2(1−a)2(1-b) \le \alpha_k \le 2(1-a)2(1−b)≤αk​≤2(1−a) the prescribed decrease satisfies both linesearch conditions.
  3. (2.12)–(2.14): the quintic pkp_kpk​ meets its six Hermite conditions on [0,μk][0,\mu_k][0,μk​].
  4. (2.15): 0<ψk<10 < \psi_k < 10<ψk​<1.
  5. (2.17): ∣pk′′(t)∣≤1+150∣ϕk∣≤1+150max⁡[1,α‾]/α‾|p_k''(t)| \le 1 + 150|\phi_k| \le 1 + 150\max[1,\overline\alpha]/\underline\alpha∣pk′′​(t)∣≤1+150∣ϕk​∣≤1+150max[1,α]/α​ on [0,μk][0,\mu_k][0,μk​].
  6. Lower bound (p. 5): fk−fk+1≤12(1/(k+1))1+2ηf_k - f_{k+1} \le \frac12 (1/(k+1))^{1+2\eta}fk​−fk+1​≤21​(1/(k+1))1+2η and fk≥0f_k \ge 0fk​≥0.

Significance

The result. Since τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 is arbitrary, the example shows that the O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) upper bound for steepest descent cannot be improved to O(ϵ−2+τ)O(\epsilon^{-2+\tau})O(ϵ−2+τ) for any τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 under AS.0, even with a standard Goldstein–Armijo linesearch. It separates steepest descent from second-order methods with better worst-case bounds, and it is the template for the Newton and regularized-Newton examples of the same paper. A matching upper bound for gradient descent with step 1/L1/L1/L is formalized elsewhere on the platform (ShiOptRates.gd_exact_rate); together the two describe the complexity of the method up to the exponent τ\tauτ.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. The mission adds a statement in which the method, the function class and the iteration count are fixed precisely. It also corrects three printed slips that a formal check exposes: the iteration count is off by one, the Goldstein–Armijo interval is printed reversed, and an intermediate step of (2.17) is false while its end bounds hold.

Difficulty

Matching prescribed values fkf_kfk​ and gradients gkg_kgk​ at the iterates is easy one point at a time. The difficulty is doing it with uniform control. The interval lengths μk\mu_kμk​ shrink like (k+1)−1/(2−τ)(k+1)^{-1/(2-\tau)}(k+1)−1/(2−τ), so a naive interpolant has second derivatives growing with kkk, and the gradient is then not globally Lipschitz. The prescribed values must also decrease at a rate whose sum stays finite, or the function is unbounded below. Both constraints pin the exponent: the construction works only because 12+η<1\frac12 + \eta < 121​+η<1 makes the iterates escape to infinity while 1+2η>11 + 2\eta > 11+2η>1 keeps ∑k(fk−fk+1)\sum_k (f_k - f_{k+1})∑k​(fk​−fk+1​) finite. A further step remains: the paper's function lives on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and must be extended to all of R\mathbb RR without losing any property of AS.0.

Formalization scope

The problem is one-dimensional: f : ℝ → ℝ, the gradient is deriv f, and the second derivative is iteratedDeriv 2. AS.0 is ContDiff ℝ 2 f, BddBelow (Set.range f), a global bound on |deriv f|, and LipschitzWith L (deriv f). Every property holds on all of R\mathbb RR; the paper constructs fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and says it extends smoothly to the negative reals, and that extension is part of the goal.

Conventions:

  • τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1)τ∈(0,1): the construction needs it, and for ϵ<1\epsilon < 1ϵ<1 smaller τ\tauτ gives larger counts, so the paper's "any τ>0\tau > 0τ>0" follows.
  • The count is k+1≥⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋k + 1 \ge \lfloor \epsilon^{-(2-\tau)} \rfloork+1≥⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋ (natural floor), the number of iterates x0,…,xkx_0, \dots, x_kx0​,…,xk​; the printed "iterations" count kkk is off by one.
  • Exponents are Real.rpow with base 1/(k+1)>01/(k+1) > 01/(k+1)>0.
  • The real zeta function is the series ∑n≥0(1/(n+1))t\sum_{n\ge0} (1/(n+1))^t∑n≥0​(1/(n+1))t, used only at t=1+2η>1t = 1 + 2\eta > 1t=1+2η>1.
  • The step lengths are universally quantified before fff, and the steepest-descent run is part of the conclusion, tied to fff by xk+1=xk−αkf′(xk)x_{k+1} = x_k - \alpha_k f'(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−αk​f′(xk​). A goal asserting slow gradients along some sequence unrelated to fff, or for one convenient step-length sequence only, would be trivial or weaker and is not the statement.

Infrastructure needed: quintic Hermite interpolation on intervals, gluing piecewise polynomials into a C2C^2C2 function on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) along an unbounded increasing knot sequence, a C2C^2C2 extension to the negative reals, and bounds for real ppp-series. The gluing lemma and the extension are reusable for the Newton and regularized-Newton missions of the series. Contributions of any milestone, of a construction of the glued function f1f_1f1​ of (2.16), or of a direct proof of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, On the complexity of steepest descent, Newton's and regularized Newton's methods for nonconvex unconstrained optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2833–2852, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090774100 (preprint 15 Oct 2009: https://people.maths.ox.ac.uk/cartis/papers/cgt36.pdf)
  • J. E. Dennis, R. B. Schnabel, Numerical Methods for Unconstrained Optimization and Nonlinear Equations, Prentice-Hall, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971200
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisNumerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Numerical Experiments with Variable-Storage Quasi-Newton Algorithms: The Update (A.7) Is the Unique Least-Change Self-Adjoint Secant Update in a Weighted Hilbert–Schmidt NormResearch Paper

Motivation

Quasi-Newton methods replace a costly exact Hessian with an operator updated from successive changes in position and gradient. A secant update must map the observed step sss to the observed gradient difference yyy. Many operators satisfy that one equation, so the choice of update needs another criterion. Gilbert and Lemaréchal's working paper studies variable-storage quasi-Newton algorithms and, in its Annex, characterizes familiar update formulas by how little they change the previous operator. The Annex treats real Hilbert spaces, rather than only matrices on Euclidean space, and allows the underlying scalar product and the weighting operator to vary. Its least-change characterization is the subject of this mission.

The source is the August 1988 IIASA Working Paper WP-88-121. A revised journal article appeared in 1989, but the theorem numbers and printed page references here belong to the working paper. The work is a formalization of a result proved in that paper; the mathematical question is not open.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a complete real inner-product space. A continuous linear operator BBB is the current Hessian approximation. A step s∈Hs\in\mathcal Hs∈H and a gradient difference y∈Hy\in\mathcal Hy∈H determine the quasi-Newton equation B+s=yB_+s=yB+​s=y for the updated operator B+B_+B+​. Write B+=B+PB_+=B+PB+​=B+P, where PPP is the perturbation. The source restricts PPP to the Hilbert–Schmidt class L2(H)L_2(\mathcal H)L2​(H), so its size can be measured by an orthonormal basis (ei)i∈I(e_i)_{i\in I}(ei​)i∈I​:

∥P∥HS=(∑i∈I∥Pei∥2)1/2.\|P\|_{\mathrm{HS}}=\left(\sum_{i\in I}\|Pe_i\|^2\right)^{1/2}.∥P∥HS​=(i∈I∑​∥Pei​∥2)1/2.

The index set III need not be countable; membership in L2(H)L_2(\mathcal H)L2​(H) means the displayed family is summable. The value is independent of the chosen orthonormal basis. For u,v∈Hu,v\in\mathcal Hu,v∈H, the paper's bracket operator is [u,v]d=⟨v,d⟩u[u,v]d=\langle v,d\rangle u[u,v]d=⟨v,d⟩u. The order of its arguments matters.

The nonsymmetric feasible set is Π={P∈L2(H):(B+P)s=y}\Pi=\{P\in L_2(\mathcal H):(B+P)s=y\}Π={P∈L2​(H):(B+P)s=y}. For a self-adjoint BBB, the symmetric problem uses ΠS={P∈L2(H):P=P∗, (B+P)s=y}\Pi_S=\{P\in L_2(\mathcal H):P=P^*,\ (B+P)s=y\}ΠS​={P∈L2​(H):P=P∗, (B+P)s=y}. A bijective continuous operator RRR weights the symmetric objective ∥R∗PR∥HS\|R^*PR\|_{\mathrm{HS}}∥R∗PR∥HS​. The vector c=R−∗R−1sc=R^{-*}R^{-1}sc=R−∗R−1s records how this weight changes the update. Both the feasible set and the weighted objective matter: taking a minimum over every bounded operator would change the problem.

Formalization targets

The goal is Proposition A.2 on printed p. 28 of the working paper. Suppose B=B∗B=B^*B=B∗, RRR is bijective, and s≠0s\ne0s=0. With r=y−Bsr=y-Bsr=y−Bs and c=R−∗R−1sc=R^{-*}R^{-1}sc=R−∗R−1s, define

Pc=[r,c]+[c,r]⟨c,s⟩−⟨r,s⟩⟨c,s⟩2[c,c].P_c=\frac{[r,c]+[c,r]}{\langle c,s\rangle} -\frac{\langle r,s\rangle}{\langle c,s\rangle^2}[c,c].Pc​=⟨c,s⟩[r,c]+[c,r]​−⟨c,s⟩2⟨r,s⟩​[c,c].

The target asserts that PcP_cPc​ belongs to ΠS\Pi_SΠS​ and is the unique minimizer of ∥R∗PR∥HS\|R^*PR\|_{\mathrm{HS}}∥R∗PR∥HS​ over P∈ΠSP\in\Pi_SP∈ΠS​. Its formula depends on RRR only through ccc. No positivity condition on BBB or on ⟨y,s⟩\langle y,s\rangle⟨y,s⟩ is part of this result.

The milestones follow the source's supporting statements in order. They establish that the Hilbert–Schmidt sum is independent of the orthonormal basis and defines a norm on its domain; that the operator norm is bounded by this norm and the Hilbert–Schmidt class is stable under multiplication by bounded operators; the bracket identity ∥[u,v]∥HS=∥[u,v]∥op=∥u∥∥v∥\|[u,v]\|_{\mathrm{HS}}=\|[u,v]\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\|u\|\|v\|∥[u,v]∥HS​=∥[u,v]∥op​=∥u∥∥v∥; the two bracket composition identities; Proposition A.1, the unique nonsymmetric least-change update for ∥R1PR2∥HS\|R_1PR_2\|_{\mathrm{HS}}∥R1​PR2​∥HS​; and its instance R2=IR_2=IR2​=I, Broyden's update (A.5). The goal adds self-adjointness and a single two-sided weight.

The Annex then draws consequences of the goal, which are further milestones: the instance R=IR=IR=I is the psb (Powell symmetric Broyden) update; Proposition A.3 states that for nonzero y,sy,sy,s a self-adjoint positive operator (⟨Bu,u⟩>0\langle Bu,u\rangle>0⟨Bu,u⟩>0 for u≠0u\ne0u=0) with Bs=yBs=yBs=y exists if and only if y=C∗Csy=C^*Csy=C∗Cs for a bijective CCC, if and only if ⟨y,s⟩>0\langle y,s\rangle>0⟨y,s⟩>0; with R=C−1R=C^{-1}R=C−1 the weight becomes c=yc=yc=y and (A.7) becomes the dfp (Davidon–Fletcher–Powell) update (A.8); and (A.9) is a product form of the dfp update from which its positivity follows when BBB is self-adjoint positive and ⟨y,s⟩>0\langle y,s\rangle>0⟨y,s⟩>0.

Significance

The theorem gives a precise optimization property to a rank-two symmetric secant formula. It identifies the operator selected by the weighted least-change criterion and guarantees there is no other feasible minimizer with the same value. Taking the weight to be the identity yields the psb update, and taking R=C−1R=C^{-1}R=C−1 with C∗Cs=yC^*Cs=yC∗Cs=y yields the dfp update, so two of the classical symmetric secant formulas are least-change updates for different weights. Proposition A.1 similarly characterizes the rank-one update that becomes Broyden's formula when its right weight is the identity. These consequences explain why the familiar formulas arise from a common variational question, as the Annex states.

The paper supplies a mathematical proof. The remaining formalization work is to represent the Hilbert–Schmidt class, its norm and ideal property, the weighted objectives, and the exact minimization claims in Lean, then prove those claims. Mathlib supplies Hilbert spaces, Hilbert bases, bounded linear maps, adjoints, and the rank-one operator corresponding to the paper's bracket. The statements drafted for this mission compile, but they carry sorry and have no machine-checked proof from this mission yet. A completed development would leave reusable Hilbert–Schmidt and rank-one operator results beyond this quasi-Newton application.

Difficulty

The secant equation alone fixes an operator on only one vector. Even in two dimensions, a rank-one perturbation can satisfy that equation while failing to preserve self-adjointness. Requiring self-adjointness leaves many candidates, and minimizing the two-sided weighted Hilbert–Schmidt norm must distinguish exactly one of them. In infinite-dimensional spaces the norm also has a domain: some bounded operators have an infinite square sum. A formulation that silently assigns a finite default value to a nonsummable operator could turn the least-change claim into a different assertion. These are the mathematical and formal obstacles the milestone list exposes.

Formalization scope

Lean uses an arbitrary complete real inner-product space, with no finite-dimensional or separability assumption, and an arbitrary HilbertBasis index type. Each theorem takes a basis parameter; the basis-independence milestone states why this represents the paper's basis-free norm. The reusable definitions for the bracket and the Hilbert–Schmidt square sum are separate from the paper-specific feasible sets. bracket u v abbreviates Mathlib's rankOne ℝ u v, with vvv paired with the input. A bijective bounded operator is represented by a continuous linear equivalence R:H≃HR:\mathcal H\simeq\mathcal HR:H≃H; the bounded inverse theorem makes this equivalent to the paper's bijective member of L(H)L(\mathcal H)L(H). The definition of ccc applies the adjoint of R−1R^{-1}R−1 to R−1sR^{-1}sR−1s.

Lean's real tsum has a default value when the family is not summable, so the Hilbert–Schmidt norm is used as a norm only for operators satisfying the explicit summability predicate. Both Π\PiΠ and ΠS\Pi_SΠS​ include that predicate. The ideal-property milestone covers the weighted operators in the two objectives. The hypothesis s≠0s\ne0s=0 is exactly the proposition's condition; it entails ⟨c,s⟩=∥R−1s∥2>0\langle c,s\rangle=\|R^{-1}s\|^2>0⟨c,s⟩=∥R−1s∥2>0, so no extra nonzero-denominator hypothesis is imposed. The statement spells out “unique solution” as feasibility, minimality over every feasible perturbation, and equality of every feasible minimizer with PcP_cPc​. The paper prints “problem (A.5)” in Proposition A.2, but (A.5) labels Broyden's displayed formula; its preceding paragraph defines the relevant symmetric minimization as (A.6). This mission formalizes (A.6).

In Proposition A.3 and (A.9), "positive" is the paper's strict notion ⟨Bu,u⟩>0\langle Bu,u\rangle>0⟨Bu,u⟩>0 for u≠0u\ne0u=0, not the non-strict positivity of Mathlib. The identity (A.9) is stated for self-adjoint BBB and ⟨y,s⟩≠0\langle y,s\rangle\ne0⟨y,s⟩=0, the setting of the Annex's symmetric problem; the paper's sentence before the psb formula repeats the "(A.5)" misprint and is read as (A.6) in the same way.

The definition layer, basis independence, operator-ideal property, bracket results, both least-change propositions, and the Broyden, psb, dfp and positivity statements are welcome proof targets. The scaling results of §4.1 are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • Jean Charles Gilbert and Claude Lemaréchal, Some numerical experiments with variable-storage quasi-Newton algorithms, IIASA Working Paper WP-88-121, August 1988, §2.1 and Annex, printed pp. 3 and 26–30. Working paper PDF.
  • Jean Charles Gilbert and Claude Lemaréchal, Some numerical experiments with variable-storage quasi-Newton algorithms, Mathematical Programming 45 (1989), 407–435. DOI 10.1007/BF01589113. Cited for publication history; all statement indices above follow the working paper.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

An Augmented Lagrangian Based Algorithm for Distributed Nonconvex Optimization 2: Near a Regular KKT Point the Decoupled Subproblems Have Locally Unique Minimizers with ‖y−x*‖ ≤ χ₁‖x−x*‖+χ₂‖λ−λ*‖Research Paper

Motivation

Many large optimization problems arising in networked control, smart grids, distributed estimation and resource allocation have a separable objective with coupled affine constraints: NNN agents each own a variable xix_ixi​ and a private cost fif_ifi​, and only a linear constraint ∑iAixi=b\sum_i A_ix_i=b∑i​Ai​xi​=b ties them together. Distributed algorithms for such problems let each agent solve a small local problem and exchange only a few aggregated quantities. For convex problems the standard method is the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM), which converges at a linear rate; for nonconvex problems ADMM can diverge (Houska, Frasch and Diehl give a two-variable example in §2 of their paper).

Houska, Frasch and Diehl (SIAM J. Optim. 26 (2016)) proposed ALADIN (augmented Lagrangian based alternating direction inexact Newton method), which combines the decoupled augmented-Lagrangian subproblems of ADMM with a coupled equality-constrained quadratic program borrowed from sequential quadratic programming (SQP). Their local convergence analysis (§7) rests on one stability result for the decoupled subproblems, Lemma 3, which this mission formalizes. Similar statements are classical for augmented Lagrangian methods: Bertsekas analyzes minimizers of augmented Lagrangians under perturbation of the multiplier (Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods, 1982, Prop. 4.2.3), and Nocedal and Wright give a related analysis (Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., 2006, Thm. 17.6).

Setting

Problem (1.1). Given fi:Rn→Rf_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rn→R, hi:Rn→Rnhh_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{n_h}hi​:Rn→Rnh​, Ai∈Rm×nA_i\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}Ai​∈Rm×n (i=1,…,Ni=1,\dots,Ni=1,…,N) and b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm,

min⁡x ∑i=1Nfi(xi)s.t.∑i=1NAixi=b,hi(xi)≤0  (i=1,…,N).\min_{x}\ \sum_{i=1}^N f_i(x_i)\qquad\text{s.t.}\qquad \sum_{i=1}^N A_ix_i=b,\qquad h_i(x_i)\le 0\ \ (i=1,\dots,N).xmin​ i=1∑N​fi​(xi​)s.t.i=1∑N​Ai​xi​=b,hi​(xi​)≤0  (i=1,…,N).

All fif_ifi​ and hih_ihi​ are twice continuously differentiable (the paper's standing assumption in §3). The multiplier of the coupling constraint is λ∈Rm\lambda\in\mathbb R^mλ∈Rm, that of hi(xi)≤0h_i(x_i)\le0hi​(xi​)≤0 is κi∈Rnh\kappa_i\in\mathbb R^{n_h}κi​∈Rnh​.

A KKT point (x∗,λ∗,κ)(x^*,\lambda^*,\kappa)(x∗,λ∗,κ) is feasible, satisfies ∇fi(xi∗)+Ai⊤λ∗+∑jκij∇hij(xi∗)=0\nabla f_i(x^*_i)+A_i^\top\lambda^*+\sum_j\kappa_{ij}\nabla h_{ij}(x^*_i)=0∇fi​(xi∗​)+Ai⊤​λ∗+∑j​κij​∇hij​(xi∗​)=0 for every iii, and has κ≥0\kappa\ge0κ≥0 with κijhij(xi∗)=0\kappa_{ij}h_{ij}(x^*_i)=0κij​hij​(xi∗​)=0. It is regular if

  • LICQ holds: the rows of [A1⋯AN][A_1\cdots A_N][A1​⋯AN​] and the block gradients of the active constraints hij(xi∗)=0h_{ij}(x^*_i)=0hij​(xi∗​)=0 are linearly independent in RNn\mathbb R^{Nn}RNn;
  • strict complementarity holds: κij>0\kappa_{ij}>0κij​>0 on every active constraint;
  • the second-order sufficient condition holds: ∑idi⊤∇2[fi+κi⊤hi](xi∗)di>0\sum_i d_i^\top\nabla^2[f_i+\kappa_i^\top h_i](x^*_i)d_i>0∑i​di⊤​∇2[fi​+κi⊤​hi​](xi∗​)di​>0 for every nonzero ddd in the critical subspace {∑iAidi=0, ∇hij(xi∗)⊤di=0 on active (i,j)}\{\sum_iA_id_i=0,\ \nabla h_{ij}(x^*_i)^\top d_i=0 \text{ on active }(i,j)\}{∑i​Ai​di​=0, ∇hij​(xi∗​)⊤di​=0 on active (i,j)}.

The decoupled subproblems. In step 1 of ALADIN, given the current primal and dual iterates (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ), a penalty ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and positive semidefinite scaling matrices Σi\Sigma_iΣi​, agent iii solves

min⁡yi fi(yi)+λ⊤Aiyi+ρ2∥yi−xi∥Σi2s.t.hi(yi)≤0,(3.2)\min_{y_i}\ f_i(y_i)+\lambda^\top A_iy_i+\frac\rho2\|y_i-x_i\|_{\Sigma_i}^2\qquad\text{s.t.}\qquad h_i(y_i)\le 0, \tag{3.2}yi​min​ fi​(yi​)+λ⊤Ai​yi​+2ρ​∥yi​−xi​∥Σi​2​s.t.hi​(yi​)≤0,(3.2)

with ∥v∥Σ2=v⊤Σv\|v\|_{\Sigma}^2=v^\top\Sigma v∥v∥Σ2​=v⊤Σv. These problems are nonconvex in general and are solved to local optimality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3 (p. 1117)

Let x∗x^*x∗ be a local minimizer of (1.1) with (x∗,λ∗,κ)(x^*,\lambda^*,\kappa)(x∗,λ∗,κ) a regular KKT point, and let ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 satisfy

∇2[fi+κi⊤hi](xi∗)+ρΣi≻0(i=1,…,N).\nabla^2\big[f_i+\kappa_i^\top h_i\big](x^*_i)+\rho\Sigma_i\succ 0\qquad(i=1,\dots,N).∇2[fi​+κi⊤​hi​](xi∗​)+ρΣi​≻0(i=1,…,N).

Then for every sufficiently small ball N\mathcal NN of radius ε\varepsilonε around the origin of RNn×Rm\mathbb R^{Nn}\times\mathbb R^mRNn×Rm there are constants χ,χ1,χ2<∞\chi,\chi_1,\chi_2<\inftyχ,χ1​,χ2​<∞ such that for all (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ) with (x−x∗,λ−λ∗)∈N(x-x^*,\lambda-\lambda^*)\in\mathcal N(x−x∗,λ−λ∗)∈N the problems (3.2) have local minimizers y=(y1,…,yN)y=(y_1,\dots,y_N)y=(y1​,…,yN​), unique in {x∗}⊕χN\{x^*\}\oplus\chi\mathcal N{x∗}⊕χN, with

∥y−x∗∥ ≤ χ1∥x−x∗∥+χ2∥λ−λ∗∥.\|y-x^*\|\ \le\ \chi_1\|x-x^*\|+\chi_2\|\lambda-\lambda^*\| .∥y−x∗∥ ≤ χ1​∥x−x∗∥+χ2​∥λ−λ∗∥.

The constants are not specified: the goal asserts only the shape of the estimate, not values of χ1,χ2\chi_1,\chi_2χ1​,χ2​.

Milestones (steps of the paper's proof, p. 1117)

  1. The Hessians ∇2[fi+κ′⊤hi](ξ)+ρΣi\nabla^2[f_i+\kappa'^\top h_i](\xi)+\rho\Sigma_i∇2[fi​+κ′⊤hi​](ξ)+ρΣi​ remain positive definite for (ξ,κ′)(\xi,\kappa')(ξ,κ′) near (xi∗,κi)(x^*_i,\kappa_i)(xi∗​,κi​).
  2. At (x,λ)=(x∗,λ∗)(x,\lambda)=(x^*,\lambda^*)(x,λ)=(x∗,λ∗), xi∗x^*_ixi∗​ is a stationary point with multiplier κi\kappa_iκi​ and a strict local minimizer of the iii-th subproblem: ξi(x∗,λ∗)=xi∗\xi_i(x^*,\lambda^*)=x^*_iξi​(x∗,λ∗)=xi∗​.
  3. Near (x∗,λ∗)(x^*,\lambda^*)(x∗,λ∗) the subproblems have locally unique local minimizers ξi(x,λ)\xi_i(x,\lambda)ξi​(x,λ) depending continuously differentiably on (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ).
  4. If χ1>∥∂xξ∥\chi_1>\|\partial_x\xi\|χ1​>∥∂x​ξ∥ and χ2>∥∂λξ∥\chi_2>\|\partial_\lambda\xi\|χ2​>∥∂λ​ξ∥ at (x∗,λ∗)(x^*,\lambda^*)(x∗,λ∗), then ∥ξ(x,λ)−ξ(x∗,λ∗)∥≤χ1∥x−x∗∥+χ2∥λ−λ∗∥\|\xi(x,\lambda)-\xi(x^*,\lambda^*)\|\le\chi_1\|x-x^*\|+\chi_2\|\lambda-\lambda^*\|∥ξ(x,λ)−ξ(x∗,λ∗)∥≤χ1​∥x−x∗∥+χ2​∥λ−λ∗∥ locally.

Significance

Lemma 3 is the bridge between ALADIN and the local theory of SQP. Once the decoupled minimizers are known to exist, to be locally unique, and to stay within a linear distance of x∗x^*x∗, the full-step variant of ALADIN behaves locally like an inexact SQP method, and the paper derives its local quadratic convergence estimates (with exact Hessians and a suitably large μ\muμ) from this. Without the lemma the local subproblems could jump between distant local minimizers of a nonconvex objective, and no local rate could be claimed.

The result is proved in the paper, in a short paragraph that delegates the main step to the regularity of the KKT point. No machine-checked version of this lemma, of the sensitivity theory of parametric nonlinear programs it rests on, or of ALADIN exists, as far as a search of the Prove2Me catalogue and Mathlib shows. Formalizing it means supplying the argument the paper leaves implicit: a parametric local-minimizer theorem for inequality-constrained problems under LICQ, strict complementarity and a second-order condition.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies the implicit function theorem to the stationarity condition of (3.2), ∇fi(yi)+Ai⊤λ+ρΣi(yi−xi)=0\nabla f_i(y_i)+A_i^\top\lambda+\rho\Sigma_i(y_i-x_i)=0∇fi​(yi​)+Ai⊤​λ+ρΣi​(yi​−xi​)=0. That works only without inequality constraints. With constraints, the local minimizer satisfies a KKT system involving the multipliers and complementarity, which is not a smooth equation; one has to fix the active set, use strict complementarity to show that it does not change nearby, and use LICQ of the active constraints to make the reduced KKT matrix invertible. The second difficulty is uniqueness: the implicit function theorem gives a unique KKT point near (xi∗,κi)(x^*_i,\kappa_i)(xi∗​,κi​), but the lemma claims uniqueness among local minimizers within a ball in the primal variable alone, so the multipliers of any nearby local minimizer must be shown to lie near κi\kappa_iκi​. Third, the hypothesis is the positive definiteness of ∇2[fi+κi⊤hi]+ρΣi\nabla^2[f_i+\kappa_i^\top h_i]+\rho\Sigma_i∇2[fi​+κi⊤​hi​]+ρΣi​ on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, not only on the critical cone; the subproblems inherit their second-order condition from it rather than from the SOSC of (1.1).

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ with Mathlib's sup norm, blocks are indexed by Fin N, matrices are Mathlib Matrix over Fin index types, and λ∈\lambda\inλ∈ Fin m → ℝ. Gradients and Hessians enter through Fréchet derivatives (fderiv), with d⊤∇2g(z)dd^\top\nabla^2g(z)dd⊤∇2g(z)d written fderiv ℝ (fderiv ℝ g) z d d. LICQ is stated as linear independence of the active gradients in RNn\mathbb R^{Nn}RNn. The "sufficiently small open set N\mathcal NN" is read as every ball of radius ε∈(0,ε0]\varepsilon\in(0,\varepsilon_0]ε∈(0,ε0​] in the sup norm of RNn×Rm\mathbb R^{Nn}\times\mathbb R^mRNn×Rm, with χ,χ1,χ2\chi,\chi_1,\chi_2χ,χ1​,χ2​ allowed to depend on ε\varepsilonε but not on (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ); y∈{x∗}⊕χNy\in\{x^*\}\oplus\chi\mathcal Ny∈{x∗}⊕χN is read through the xxx-component, ∥y−x∗∥<χε\|y-x^*\|<\chi\varepsilon∥y−x∗∥<χε. Local minimizers are local minimizers on the feasible set and are required to be feasible. The hypotheses hi∈C2h_i\in C^2hi​∈C2 and Σi⪰0\Sigma_i\succeq0Σi​⪰0 come from the paper's standing assumptions (§3 and Algorithm 2, step 1).

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal keeps all four conclusions (local minimality, membership in the χε\chi\varepsilonχε-ball, uniqueness in that same ball, and the bound), since the bound alone is satisfied by y=x∗y=x^*y=x∗; and it quantifies over every small ball rather than asserting the result for one neighbourhood. The hypotheses are satisfiable: a sorry-free check with N=n=m=nh=1N=n=m=n_h=1N=n=m=nh​=1, f=0f=0f=0, h=−1h=-1h=−1, A=1A=1A=1, b=0b=0b=0, Σ=1\Sigma=1Σ=1, ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 is in the development.

Needed infrastructure: a parametric implicit-function argument for KKT systems with a fixed active set, persistence of LICQ and of strict complementarity under perturbation, and second-order sufficiency for inequality-constrained problems. These pieces are reusable well beyond this mission, for any sensitivity or local-convergence analysis of nonlinear programs (SQP, augmented Lagrangian, interior-point methods). Proofs of any milestone, alternative routes (for instance via Robinson's strong regularity), and general lemmas on second-order sufficient conditions are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Houska, J. Frasch, M. Diehl, An augmented Lagrangian based algorithm for distributed nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 26(2), 1101–1127, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/140975991
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods, Academic Press, 1982, Proposition 4.2.3.
  • S. M. Robinson, Strongly regular generalized equations, Math. Oper. Res. 5(1), 43–62, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.43
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs 1: The Ideal Penalty Is Dual Optimal for Every Information RelaxationResearch Paper

Why information relaxations

Most stochastic dynamic programs that arise in operations research are too large to solve exactly. In practice one computes a heuristic policy and estimates its expected reward by simulation, which gives a lower bound on the optimal value. To know whether the heuristic is good enough one also needs an upper bound. Brown, Smith and Sun (Oper. Res. 2010) give a general way to produce such bounds: relax the requirement that decisions use only the information available when they are made, and charge a penalty for using the extra information.

The idea grew out of option pricing. Rogers (Math. Finance 2002) and Haugh and Kogan (Oper. Res. 2004) bounded the price of an American option from above by letting the holder see the whole future and subtracting a martingale; Andersen and Broadie (Manag. Sci. 2004) built such martingales from approximate exercise policies. Brown, Smith and Sun (2010) extended this to general finite-horizon dynamic programs, to arbitrary penalties, and to imperfect information relaxations in which the decision maker learns some, but not all, of the future. The paper illustrates the framework on an adaptive inventory problem and on pricing American options under stochastic volatility and interest rates.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P). Time is t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T. The natural filtration F=(F0,…,FT)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_0,\dots,\mathcal F_T)F=(F0​,…,FT​) describes what the decision maker knows at the start of each period, with F0={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}F0​={∅,Ω}. An action sequence is a=(a0,…,aT)a=(a_0,\dots,a_T)a=(a0​,…,aT​), and AAA is the set of feasible sequences. A policy α:Ω→A\alpha:\Omega\to Aα:Ω→A chooses a sequence for each outcome; it is adapted to a filtration G\mathbb GG if each action αt\alpha_tαt​ is Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-measurable. The adapted policies form AG\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}AG​; the measurable policies form A\mathcal AA. The total reward is r(a,ω)=∑trt(a,ω)r(a,\omega)=\sum_t r_t(a,\omega)r(a,ω)=∑t​rt​(a,ω), and the primal problem (1) is

sup⁡α∈AFE[r(α)].\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha)].α∈AF​sup​E[r(α)].

A filtration G\mathbb GG is a relaxation of F\mathbb FF if Ft⊆Gt⊆F\mathcal F_t\subseteq\mathcal G_t\subseteq\mathcal FFt​⊆Gt​⊆F for all ttt; the perfect-information relaxation has Gt=F\mathcal G_t=\mathcal FGt​=F. A penalty is a function z(a,ω)z(a,\omega)z(a,ω); it is dual feasible, z∈ZFz\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z∈ZF​, if E[z(αF)]≤0\mathbb E[z(\alpha_F)]\le0E[z(αF​)]≤0 for every αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​. The dual bound of (G,z)(\mathbb G,z)(G,z) is sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)]supαG​∈AG​​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)].

In recursive form, the feasible actions in period ttt form a set At(a0,…,at−1)A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})At​(a0​,…,at−1​), each rtr_trt​ is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable and depends on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, and the value functions are VT+1=0V_{T+1}=0VT+1​=0 and

Vt(a0,…,at−1)=sup⁡at∈At(a0,…,at−1){rt(a0,…,at)+E[Vt+1(a0,…,at)∣Ft]}.(2)V_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})=\sup_{a_t\in A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})}\big\{r_t(a_0,\dots,a_t)+\mathbb E[V_{t+1}(a_0,\dots,a_t)\mid\mathcal F_t]\big\}.\qquad(2)Vt​(a0​,…,at−1​)=at​∈At​(a0​,…,at−1​)sup​{rt​(a0​,…,at​)+E[Vt+1​(a0​,…,at​)∣Ft​]}.(2)

Given generating functions wt(a)w_t(a)wt​(a) depending on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, Proposition 2.2 builds the penalty

zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft],z=∑tzt.z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F_t],\qquad z=\sum_t z_t.zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft​],z=t∑​zt​.

The ideal penalty z⋆z^\starz⋆ is this penalty for wt(a)=Vt+1(a0,…,at)w_t(a)=V_{t+1}(a_0,\dots,a_t)wt​(a)=Vt+1​(a0​,…,at​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3 (The Ideal Penalty)

For every relaxation G\mathbb GG of F\mathbb FF, z⋆∈ZFz^\star\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z⋆∈ZF​ and

sup⁡αF∈AFE[r(αF)]=sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z⋆(αG)];(11)\sup_{\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]=\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z^\star(\alpha_G)];\qquad(11)αF​∈AF​sup​E[r(αF​)]=αG​∈AG​sup​E[r(αG​)−z⋆(αG​)];(11)

a primal-optimal αF∗\alpha^*_FαF∗​ also attains the right side; and under perfect information r(αF∗)−z⋆(αF∗)=E[r(αF∗)]r(\alpha^*_F)-z^\star(\alpha^*_F)=\mathbb E[r(\alpha^*_F)]r(αF∗​)−z⋆(αF∗​)=E[r(αF∗​)] almost surely.

Milestones, in the order of the paper

  1. §2.1 (p. 3): V0V_0V0​ equals the optimal value of (1).
  2. Lemma 2.1 (weak duality, p. 3): E[r(αF)]≤sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]\le\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)]E[r(αF​)]≤supαG​∈AG​​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)] for αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​, z∈ZFz\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z∈ZF​.
  3. Theorem 2.1 (strong duality, p. 4): the primal value equals inf⁡z∈ZF\inf_{z\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}}infz∈ZF​​ of the dual bound, attained when the primal is bounded.
  4. Theorem 2.2 (complementary slackness, p. 4).
  5. Proposition 2.1 (structured policies, p. 5).
  6. Proposition 2.2(i), (ii) (p. 5): generated penalties have zero Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-conditional mean along nonanticipative policies, and their components are G\mathbb GG-adapted and nonanticipative in the actions.
  7. Eq. (10) (p. 5): the recursion (2) run with rewards rt−ztr_t-z_trt​−zt​ and filtration G\mathbb GG solves the dual problem, and E[V0G]\mathbb E[V^{\mathbb G}_0]E[V0G​] bounds (1).
  8. §2.3 (p. 5): with wt=Vt+1w_t=V_{t+1}wt​=Vt+1​, VtG=VtV^{\mathbb G}_t=V_tVtG​=Vt​ almost surely.

Significance

Theorems 2.1 and 2.3 say that information-relaxation duality has no gap: the optimal value of a dynamic program can be computed, in principle, as a minimum over penalties of a problem in which the decision maker sees more. Theorem 2.3 adds that the gap is closed by one explicit penalty, built from the value functions, simultaneously for every relaxation. This is the justification for the practical recipe of the paper and of the literature that followed: choose generating functions that approximate the true value functions, and the resulting dual bound approaches the optimum. Under perfect information, part 4 of the goal says the ideal penalty removes all randomness from the penalized reward of an optimal policy.

The paper defers its proofs to an electronic companion; none of these results has a machine-checked proof. This mission produces a checked version of the duality layer for general finite-horizon dynamic programs on a filtered probability space, with conditional expectations as in Mathlib. Weak duality, strong duality and complementary slackness are stated for arbitrary feasible sets and rewards and are reusable for any information-relaxation argument; the recursive statements give a verified link between the Bellman recursion and the primal problem.

Difficulty

The duality statements of §2.2 are elementary once expectations exist; the work is in §2.1 and §2.3. The claim that V0V_0V0​ is the optimal value of (1) needs two facts that the paper asserts without proof: that the supremum in (2) is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable, and that near-optimal actions can be selected measurably, so that a nonanticipative policy comes within ε\varepsilonε of V0V_0V0​ even when the suprema are not attained. Neither holds for general action spaces without measurable-selection arguments, which is why this mission fixes a countable action set. A second difficulty is the evaluation of action-indexed conditional expectations at a random action: E[zt(αF)∣Ft]\mathbb E[z_t(\alpha_F)\mid\mathcal F_t]E[zt​(αF​)∣Ft​] conditions ω↦zt(αF(ω))(ω)\omega\mapsto z_t(\alpha_F(\omega))(\omega)ω↦zt​(αF​(ω))(ω), where each zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) is only defined up to null sets, one for each aaa. The induction VtG=VtV^{\mathbb G}_t=V_tVtG​=Vt​ must also carry these almost-sure identities through suprema over actions.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace InfoRelax.IdealPenalty. Periods are Fin (T + 1); actions take values in one type X (the disjoint union of the per-period action sets); filtrations are Mathlib Filtrations of the ambient σ\sigmaσ-algebra; conditional expectation is condExp. Primal values, dual bounds and dual values are in EReal, taken over the adapted-policy sets, so that no supremum or infimum silently returns 000. Penalties in Z\mathcal ZZ are required to be integrable along every measurable policy, and the reward is assumed integrable along every policy in the general statements: without this, a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000 and the statements become vacuous. The value functions (2), the dual value functions (10), the penalty of Proposition 2.2 and z⋆z^\starz⋆ are definitions computed from the data, never variables constrained by hypotheses.

The recursive statements fix a countable action set with the discrete σ\sigmaσ-algebra, bounded period rewards, and generating functions bounded almost everywhere. Identities between value functions are almost sure. The general results (Lemma 2.1, Theorems 2.1–2.2, Proposition 2.1) assume none of this. The optional identity (5), which exchanges a supremum over policies with an expectation of a pathwise supremum, is not formalized: for a general dual feasible penalty the pathwise supremum need not be integrable.

Contributions welcome: the measurable-selection lemma for countable action sets, the tower-property argument for action-indexed conditional expectations evaluated at adapted policies, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • D. B. Brown, J. E. Smith, P. Sun, Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs, Operations Research, Articles in Advance, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0796
  • L. C. G. Rogers, Monte Carlo valuation of American options, Mathematical Finance 12(3), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.02010
  • M. B. Haugh, L. Kogan, Pricing American Options: A Duality Approach, Operations Research 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0070
  • L. Andersen, M. Broadie, Primal-Dual Simulation Algorithm for Pricing Multidimensional American Options, Management Science 50(9), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0258
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Steepest Descent, Newton's and Regularized Newton's Methods for Nonconvex Unconstrained Optimization Problems 3: ARC Can Need ε^(−3/2+τ) Iterations to Reach |g| ≤ εResearch Paper

Motivation

Worst-case iteration counts are the standard way to compare unconstrained optimization methods on nonconvex problems. For finding an approximate first-order critical point, a point with ∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵ\|\nabla f(x)\|\le\epsilon∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵ, steepest descent needs at most O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iterations on functions with a Lipschitz gradient. The cubic regularization of Newton's method needs at most O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) iterations on functions with a Lipschitz Hessian. This bound was proved by Nesterov and Polyak (2006) for exact global model minimization (doi:10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8). Cartis, Gould and Toint (2009a, 2011) extended it to the adaptive variant ARC with approximate model minimization (doi:10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5).

An upper bound alone leaves open whether a better analysis could lower it. Cartis, Gould and Toint (SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010, doi:10.1137/090774100) settle this for three methods by explicit one- and two-dimensional examples. This mission formalizes the third: the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound for ARC is sharp up to an arbitrarily small loss in the exponent.

Timeline:

  • 2006: Nesterov and Polyak prove the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound for cubic regularization with exact global model minimization.
  • 2009–2011: Cartis, Gould and Toint introduce ARC with an adaptive weight and inexact minimization, and prove the same order.
  • 2010: the same authors construct functions on which steepest descent, Newton's method and ARC attain their worst-case orders up to τ\tauτ. The ARC example is in §5 of that paper.

Setting

Let f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R be twice continuously differentiable, and write g(x)=f′(x)g(x)=f'(x)g(x)=f′(x), H(x)=f′′(x)H(x)=f''(x)H(x)=f′′(x). At an iterate xkx_kxk​, with a regularization weight σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, the cubic model (1.3) is

mk(xk+s)=f(xk)+g(xk) s+12H(xk) s2+13σk∣s∣3.m_k(x_k+s)=f(x_k)+g(x_k)\,s+\tfrac12H(x_k)\,s^2+\tfrac13\sigma_k|s|^3 .mk​(xk​+s)=f(xk​)+g(xk​)s+21​H(xk​)s2+31​σk​∣s∣3.

One iteration of the Adaptive Regularization with Cubics (ARC) algorithm, in the variant considered here, proceeds as follows.

  1. Compute a step sks_ksk​ that globally minimizes s↦mk(xk+s)s\mapsto m_k(x_k+s)s↦mk​(xk​+s).
  2. Form the ratio ρk=f(xk)−f(xk+sk)f(xk)−mk(xk+sk)\rho_k=\dfrac{f(x_k)-f(x_k+s_k)}{f(x_k)-m_k(x_k+s_k)}ρk​=f(xk​)−mk​(xk​+sk​)f(xk​)−f(xk​+sk​)​.
  3. Accept xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​ if ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​, and set xk+1=xkx_{k+1}=x_kxk+1​=xk​ otherwise.
  4. Update the weight: σk+1∈(0,σk]\sigma_{k+1}\in(0,\sigma_k]σk+1​∈(0,σk​] if ρk>η2\rho_k>\eta_2ρk​>η2​ (a very successful iteration), σk+1∈[σk,γ1σk]\sigma_{k+1}\in[\sigma_k,\gamma_1\sigma_k]σk+1​∈[σk​,γ1​σk​] if η1≤ρk≤η2\eta_1\le\rho_k\le\eta_2η1​≤ρk​≤η2​, and σk+1∈[γ1σk,γ2σk]\sigma_{k+1}\in[\gamma_1\sigma_k,\gamma_2\sigma_k]σk+1​∈[γ1​σk​,γ2​σk​] otherwise.

The parameters satisfy γ2≥γ1>1\gamma_2\ge\gamma_1>1γ2​≥γ1​>1 and 1>η2≥η1>01>\eta_2\ge\eta_1>01>η2​≥η1​>0. In Lean the model is SlowConvergence.ARC.model, the ratio rho, and a run is the predicate IsARCRun f γ₁ γ₂ η₁ η₂ x s σ.

The paper fixes τ>0\tau>0τ>0 and sets η=η(τ)=12(23−2τ−23)\eta=\eta(\tau)=\tfrac12\big(\tfrac2{3-2\tau}-\tfrac23\big)η=η(τ)=21​(3−2τ2​−32​). It then prescribes iterates x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​ with sk=(1/(k+1))1/3+ηs_k=(1/(k+1))^{1/3+\eta}sk​=(1/(k+1))1/3+η, and function values f4,kf_{4,k}f4,k​ (5.3). At the iterates it prescribes gradients gk=−(1/(k+1))2/3+2ηg_k=-(1/(k+1))^{2/3+2\eta}gk​=−(1/(k+1))2/3+2η, Hessians Hk=0H_k=0Hk​=0 and weights σk=1\sigma_k=1σk​=1 (5.4).

Formalization targets

Goal

For every τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) there are a function fff and a run of ARC on it from x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, σ0=1\sigma_0=1σ0​=1, with the following properties:

  • fff is C2C^2C2 and bounded below, and f′′f''f′′ is bounded and globally Lipschitz;
  • the run is valid for every admissible γ1,γ2,η1,η2\gamma_1,\gamma_2,\eta_1,\eta_2γ1​,γ2​,η1​,η2​, and every iteration is very successful;
  • the gradients satisfy
∣f′(xk)∣=(1k+1)23−2τ(k≥0),so∣f′(xk)∣≤ϵ ⟹ k+1 ≥ ⌊1ϵ3/2−τ⌋(0<ϵ<1).|f'(x_k)|=\Big(\frac1{k+1}\Big)^{\frac2{3-2\tau}}\quad(k\ge0),\qquad\text{so}\qquad |f'(x_k)|\le\epsilon\ \Longrightarrow\ k+1\ \ge\ \Big\lfloor\frac1{\epsilon^{3/2-\tau}}\Big\rfloor\quad(0<\epsilon<1).∣f′(xk​)∣=(k+11​)3−2τ2​(k≥0),so∣f′(xk​)∣≤ϵ ⟹ k+1 ≥ ⌊ϵ3/2−τ1​⌋(0<ϵ<1).

The goal fixes no Lipschitz constant or Hessian bound; it asserts the existence of the example, which is the paper's claim.

Milestones

  • η=2τ/(9−6τ)>0\eta=2\tau/(9-6\tau)>0η=2τ/(9−6τ)>0, and (5.4) gives (5.1).
  • (5.5)–(5.8): the prescribed data are an ARC run, each step is an exact global model minimizer, and every iteration is very successful.
  • (5.9)–(5.11): the coefficients (5.11) solve the Hermite interpolation conditions on [0,sk][0,s_k][0,sk​].
  • ϕk∈(0,1)\phi_k\in(0,1)ϕk​∈(0,1).
  • (5.12): ∣pk′′′(t)∣≤452|p_k'''(t)|\le452∣pk′′′​(t)∣≤452 on [0,sk][0,s_k][0,sk​], uniformly in kkk.
  • ∣pk′′′(0)∣≤20|p_k'''(0)|\le20∣pk′′′​(0)∣≤20.
  • The prescribed values f4,kf_{4,k}f4,k​ are nonnegative.

Significance

The example shows that the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) upper bound of Nesterov–Polyak and Cartis–Gould–Toint cannot be improved to O(ϵ−3/2+τ)O(\epsilon^{-3/2+\tau})O(ϵ−3/2+τ) for any τ>0\tau>0τ>0, even in one dimension and with exact global model minimization. It also shows that adaptive weights do not help: the run is valid for every choice of the algorithm's parameters. Together with the paper's other two examples, it separates the worst-case orders of steepest descent and Newton's method (ϵ−2\epsilon^{-2}ϵ−2) from that of ARC (ϵ−3/2\epsilon^{-3/2}ϵ−3/2). The paper ends by asking whether ϵ−3/2\epsilon^{-3/2}ϵ−3/2 is optimal among all second-order methods. That question was answered later by Carmon, Duchi, Hinder and Sidford (2020) for a broad algorithm class.

The paper's argument is a construction checked by hand plus a plot of the first sixteen intervals. No machine-checked version of this lower bound is known to exist. A formal proof would certify every interpolation identity, the uniform third-derivative bound and the gluing into a globally C2C^2C2 function. The upper bounds of Nesterov and Polyak are separate statements on the platform (CubicNewton.Nonconvex.*) and are not proved there.

Difficulty

Checking the algebra at the iterates is routine; the difficulty is the function. The piecewise quintic must be twice continuously differentiable across infinitely many knots. Its second derivative must be Lipschitz with one constant on the whole line, although the intervals shrink like (k+1)−1/3−η(k+1)^{-1/3-\eta}(k+1)−1/3−η. This requires a third-derivative bound that does not grow with kkk. The obvious first idea is to interpolate values and slopes with cubics; it fails, because the second derivative must vanish at both ends of every interval to match Hk=0H_k=0Hk​=0. A further step is that the knots xkx_kxk​ go to +∞+\infty+∞ only because 1/3+η<11/3+\eta<11/3+η<1, which is where τ<1\tau<1τ<1 enters. Finally, fff must be extended to x<0x<0x<0 without losing boundedness below or the global Lipschitz bound.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. One dimension: f : ℝ → ℝ, ggg = deriv f, HHH = deriv (deriv f), ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ for the norm. The model uses the true second derivative of the same fff, not a free approximation BkB_kBk​. The step is a global minimizer of the model; uniqueness is not required.
  • Algorithm. The paper cites but does not restate ARC. The acceptance rule and the weight update are those of Algorithm 2.1 of Cartis, Gould and Toint (2009a). Lean's a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0 makes ρk=0\rho_k=0ρk​=0 when the predicted decrease vanishes, which never happens on this example.
  • Corrections to the printed text. τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) instead of "any τ>0\tau>0τ>0" (for ϵ<1\epsilon<1ϵ<1 the bounds for small τ\tauτ imply the others). The count is k+1k+1k+1 rather than kkk: the printed "at least ⌊1/ϵ3/2−τ⌋\lfloor1/\epsilon^{3/2-\tau}\rfloor⌊1/ϵ3/2−τ⌋ iterations" is off by one for iterations, and correct for iterates/function evaluations. The verification (5.5)–(5.8) is stated for all k≥0k\ge0k≥0, not "k≥1k\ge1k≥1". The bound (5.12) is stated by its two ends only, because its middle lines drop absolute values.
  • Domain. fff is required on all of R\mathbb RR, with every property global. The paper builds fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and asserts the extension.
  • Ruling out trivial versions. The run and the function are existentially quantified in the conclusion, never assumed. The gradient formula is an equality and the run must satisfy every ARC rule for every parameter choice. Hence neither a vacuous run hypothesis nor a degenerate fff (e.g. one whose gradients vanish) proves the goal.
  • Infrastructure. The milestones are about the explicit data: Data (iterates, values, gradients, the model built from them) and Pieces (the quintics pkp_kpk​, ϕk\phi_kϕk​). Proofs of the polynomial identities and of gluing infinitely many polynomial pieces into a C2C^2C2 function with a global Lipschitz second derivative are reusable for the paper's other two examples. Proofs of the milestones, of the gluing lemma, and of the goal are all welcome.
  • Related platform objects. CubicNewton.Shared.cubicModel and IsCubicStep are the same model and step in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with M=2σM=2\sigmaM=2σ; they are not imported here.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, On the complexity of steepest descent, Newton's and regularized Newton's methods for nonconvex unconstrained optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010; preprint 15 Oct 2009. doi:10.1137/090774100
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part I: motivation, convergence and numerical results, Math. Program. 127, 2011 (cited as 2009a). doi:10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108, 2006. doi:10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
  • Y. Carmon, J. C. Duchi, O. Hinder, A. Sidford, Lower bounds for finding stationary points I, Math. Program. 184, 2020. doi:10.1007/s10107-019-01406-y
11 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 31 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me